10.11.2014 Views

SME Finance Policy Guide

SME Finance Policy Guide

SME Finance Policy Guide

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong><br />

October 2011


© 2011 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION 2011. All rights reserved.<br />

2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.<br />

Washington, DC 20433<br />

Internet: www.ifc.org<br />

The material in this work is copyrighted. Copying and/or transmitting portions or all of this work<br />

without permission may be a violation of applicable law. IFC encourages dissemination of its work and<br />

will normally grant permission to reproduce portions of the work promptly, and when the reproduction<br />

is for educational and non-commercial purposes, without a fee, subject to such attributions and notices<br />

as we may reasonably require.<br />

IFC does not guarantee the accuracy, reliability or completeness of the content included in this work,<br />

or for the conclusions or judgments described herein, and accepts no responsibility or liability for any<br />

omissions or errors (including, without limitation, typographical errors and technical errors) in the<br />

content whatsoever or for reliance thereon. The boundaries, colors, denominations, and other<br />

information shown on any map in this work do not imply any judgment on the part of The World Bank<br />

concerning the legal status of any territory or the endorsement or acceptance of such boundaries. The<br />

findings, interpretations, and conclusions expressed in this volume do not necessarily reflect the views<br />

of the Executive Directors of The World Bank or the governments they represent.<br />

The contents of this work are intended for general informational purposes only and are not intended to<br />

constitute legal, securities, or investment advice, an opinion regarding the appropriateness of any<br />

investment, or a solicitation of any type. IFC or its affiliates may have an investment in, provide other<br />

advice or services to, or otherwise have a financial interest in, certain of the companies and parties<br />

(including named herein).<br />

All other queries on rights and licenses, including subsidiary rights, should be addressed to IFC’s<br />

Corporate Relations Department, 2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20433.<br />

International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation is an international organization established by Articles of Agreement<br />

among its member countries, and a member of the World Bank Group. All names, logos and<br />

trademarks are the property of IFC and you may not use any of such materials for any purpose without<br />

the express written consent of IFC. Additionally, “International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation” and “IFC” are<br />

registered trademarks of IFC and are protected under international law.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

1<br />

Table of Contents<br />

List of Abbreviations 3<br />

Acknowledgements 4<br />

Introduction, Context 5<br />

A. <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>: Objectives, Application 7<br />

B. Access to <strong>Finance</strong> for <strong>SME</strong>s in Least Developed Countries (LDCs) 9<br />

C. <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> Components 10<br />

Strategic Approach 10<br />

C.1. Regulatory and Supervisory Frameworks 14<br />

C.1.1. Role of Regulators 14<br />

C.1.2: Basel II/III and <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> 18<br />

C.1.3: Enabling Regulatory Frameworks for Alternative <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Products: Leasing, Factoring 20<br />

C.1.4. Competition 22<br />

C.2. Financial Infrastructure 25<br />

C.2.1. Secured Transactions 26<br />

C.2.2. Insolvency Regimes 29<br />

C.2.3: Credit Information Systems 31<br />

C.2.4: Payment Systems 36<br />

C.2.5: Equity Investment 39<br />

C.2.6: Accounting and Auditing Standards for <strong>SME</strong>s 44<br />

C.3 Public Sector Interventions 48<br />

C.3.1: State Banks 49<br />

C.3.2: Apexes and Other Wholesale Funding Facilities 52<br />

C.3.3 Partial Credit Guarantee Schemes 55<br />

C.3.4 Government Procurement from <strong>SME</strong>s 59<br />

C.3.5: <strong>SME</strong> Capacity, Creditworthiness 61<br />

C.4: Women and <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> 66<br />

C.5: Agrifinance for <strong>SME</strong>s 68


2 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

D. Recommendations 73<br />

D.1. Regulatory and Supervisory Frameworks 73<br />

D.2 Financial Infrastructure 75<br />

D.3 Public Sector Interventions 77<br />

D4: Women and <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> 79<br />

D.5: Agrifinance and <strong>SME</strong>s 79<br />

Annex I: Access to <strong>Finance</strong> for <strong>SME</strong>s in LDCs 81<br />

Annex II: Abatement Curve Model 86<br />

Annex III: World Bank General Principles for Credit Reporting 89<br />

Annex IV. Least Developed Countries 91<br />

Annex V: Resources, References 92


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

3<br />

List of Abbreviations<br />

AIM<br />

AML<br />

ATMs<br />

BCBS<br />

BDC<br />

BPR<br />

CBS<br />

CCRIS<br />

CEDAW<br />

CFT<br />

CGAP<br />

CPM<br />

CPSS<br />

DCA<br />

DFI<br />

DLL<br />

EBRD<br />

ECA<br />

EFTPOS<br />

EPCGF<br />

EU<br />

FICA<br />

FIEG<br />

FINEP<br />

FIs<br />

FOGAPE<br />

GEM<br />

GPFI<br />

GTIP<br />

IAS<br />

IASB<br />

IFC<br />

IFRS<br />

ILO<br />

Alternative Investment Market<br />

Anti-Money Laundering<br />

Automated Teller Machines<br />

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision<br />

Development Bank of Canada<br />

Banques Populaires Régionales<br />

Credit Bureau Singapore<br />

Central Credit Reference Information<br />

System<br />

Convention on the Elimination of All Forms<br />

of Discrimination against Women<br />

Combating the Financing of Terrorism<br />

Consultative Group to Assist the Poor<br />

Crédit Populaire du Maroc<br />

Committee on Payments and Settlement<br />

Systems<br />

Development Credit Authority<br />

Development <strong>Finance</strong> Institution<br />

Banco De Lage Landen<br />

European Bank for Reconstruction and<br />

Development<br />

Europe and Central Asia<br />

Electronic Funds Transfer at Point of Sale<br />

European-Palestinian Credit Guarantee<br />

Fund<br />

European Union<br />

Financial Intelligence Centre Act<br />

Financial Inclusion Experts Group<br />

Financiadora de Estudos e Projetos<br />

Financial Institutions<br />

Fondo de Garantia para Pequeños<br />

Empresarios<br />

Growth Enterprises Market<br />

G-20 Global Partnership for Financial<br />

Inclusion<br />

Global Technology and Innovation Partners<br />

International Accounting Standard<br />

International Accounting Standards Board<br />

International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation<br />

International Financial Reporting Standards<br />

International Labour Organization<br />

JSE<br />

KVIC<br />

LDCs<br />

LGD<br />

MENA<br />

MICs<br />

MSE<br />

M<strong>SME</strong>s<br />

NAFIN<br />

NBFI<br />

NGO<br />

OECD<br />

OHADA<br />

PCGs<br />

PCRs<br />

PD<br />

PE<br />

POs<br />

R&D<br />

ROSC<br />

SARA<br />

SGB<br />

SIYB<br />

<strong>SME</strong>RA<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s<br />

TEB<br />

UNCTAD<br />

-ISAR<br />

Johannesburg Stock Exchange<br />

Korea Venture Capital Investment Corp<br />

Least Developed Countries<br />

Loss Given Default<br />

Middle East and North Africa<br />

Middle-Income Countries<br />

Micro or Small Enterprise<br />

Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises<br />

Nacional Financiera<br />

Non-bank Financial Institutions<br />

Non-Government Organization<br />

Organization for Economic Co-Operation<br />

and Development<br />

Organisation pour l’Harmonisation en<br />

Afrique du Droit des Affaires<br />

Partial Credit Guarantee<br />

Public Credit Registries<br />

Probability of Default<br />

Private Equity<br />

Partner Organizations<br />

Research and Development<br />

Reports on the Observance of Standards<br />

and Codes<br />

South Asia Regional Apex Fund<br />

Small and Growing Businesses<br />

Start and Improve Your Business<br />

<strong>SME</strong> Rating Agency of India<br />

Small and Medium Enterprises<br />

Turk Economici Bank<br />

United Nations Conference for Trade and<br />

Development’s Intergovernmental<br />

Working Group of Experts on<br />

International Standards of Accounting and<br />

Reporting<br />

UNCITRAL United Nations Commission on<br />

International Trade Law<br />

UNIDROIT International Institute for the Unification of<br />

Private Law<br />

USAID<br />

VC<br />

WIN<br />

United States Agency for International<br />

Development<br />

Venture Capital<br />

Women in Business


4 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Acknowledgements<br />

International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation (IFC) is the lead technical advisor to the G-20 Global Partnership for<br />

Financial Inclusion’s (GPFI) <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Sub-Group. This report was produced by IFC on behalf of the<br />

GPFI. The GPFI is the main platform for implementation of the G-20 Financial Inclusion Action Plan. The<br />

group engages partners from G-20 and non-G-20 countries, private sector, civil society, and others. It is<br />

chaired by the G-20 troika countries, currently Korea, France, and Mexico. The GPFI is supported by<br />

three implementing partners: the Alliance for Financial Inclusion (AFI), the Consultative Group to Assist<br />

the Poor (CGAP), and International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation (IFC). www.gpfi.org<br />

This “<strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>” was developed under the overall guidance of Peer Stein (IFC), Aysen<br />

Kulakoglu (Treasury of Turkey) and Susanne Dorasil (Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and<br />

Development, Germany). The working group for the report was led by Ghada Teima (IFC), with Douglas<br />

Pearce as lead author (World Bank), Diego Sourrouille (World Bank), Teymour Abdel Aziz (World Bank),<br />

Ina Hoxha (World Bank).<br />

IFC, World Bank, and CGAP policy experts that contributed to the <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> include: Alejandro<br />

Alvarez de la Campa, Riadh Naouar, Maria Soledad Martinez Peria, Mahesh Uttamchandani, Massimo<br />

Cirasino, Antony Lythgoe, Roberto Rocha, Katia D’Hulster and Valeria Salomao Garcia, Kabir Kumar,<br />

Leora Klapper, Alex Berg, Heinz Rudolph, Eric Duflos, Chris Bold, Alan David Johnson, Bikki Randhawa,<br />

Nina Bilandzic, Marieme Dassanou, Panayotis Varangis.<br />

The Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD) provided access to its Small<br />

and Medium Enterprises (<strong>SME</strong>) finance literature. The Overseas Development Institute also provided<br />

drafting inputs to the report.<br />

The team would like to thank the peer reviewers for their valuable and substantive comments, in particular<br />

Roberto Rocha (World Bank) and Thorsten Beck (Professor of Economics, Tilburg University).<br />

This work was completed under the leadership of the co-chairs of the G-20 <strong>SME</strong> finance sub-group:<br />

Susanne Dorasil (Germany), Anuradha Bajaj (United Kingdom), Aysen Kulakoglu (Turkey), and Christopher<br />

Grewe (United States).


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

5<br />

Introduction, Context<br />

G-20 and the Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion<br />

The G-20 leaders first committed to improving access to financial services for the poor at their September,<br />

2009, meeting in Pittsburgh. A Financial Inclusion Experts Group (FIEG) was convened to expand access<br />

to finance for household consumers and micro, small- and medium-sized enterprises (M<strong>SME</strong>s). The G-20<br />

Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion (GPFI) was launched in South Korea in December, 2010. The<br />

establishment of the GPFI institutionalized the work by FIEG beyond the Seoul Summit and elevated<br />

financial inclusion to a permanent priority within the G-20.<br />

The <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> sub-group produced the stocktaking report “Scaling Up <strong>SME</strong> Access to Financial<br />

Services in the Developing World” in 2010. The report included 164 case studies and made policy recommendations<br />

in three areas: (1) legislation, regulation, and supervision; (2) financial market infrastructure;<br />

and (3) public intervention and support mechanisms. The G-20 <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Task Group, with the support<br />

of development agencies and private sector players, committed to support the development and<br />

implementation of these <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> policy recommendations, through a <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.<br />

A draft <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> for <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> has therefore been prepared by the <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> sub-group, cochaired<br />

by Germany, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and the United States, with writing and analysis led by the<br />

IFC and World Bank, building on the 2010 stocktaking report and informed by further research, consultations,<br />

and expert inputs. This <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> therefore provides a comprehensive set of good practice policy<br />

measures, recommendations, standards and guidelines, lessons learned, and example models.<br />

<strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Stocktaking Report, 2010<br />

The G-20 <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> sub-group worked to identify and scale up successful models and policy measures<br />

for small and medium sized enterprise (<strong>SME</strong>) financing through a global stocktaking exercise in 2010. The<br />

sub-group collected 164 models of <strong>SME</strong> finance interventions, covering legal and regulatory approaches,<br />

financial Infrastructure improvements, public support schemes, and private sector initiatives.<br />

On the basis of the key lessons learned from the 2010 stocktaking exercise, the following recommendations<br />

were set out in the report “Scaling Up <strong>SME</strong> Financing in the Developing World” for establishing an<br />

enabling environment for <strong>SME</strong> access to financial services:<br />

i) Developing country specific diagnostics and strategies;


6 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

ii)<br />

Developing a supportive legal and regulatory framework;<br />

iii)<br />

Strengthening the financial infrastructure;<br />

iv)<br />

Designing effective government support mechanisms;<br />

v) Building consistent and reliable data sources on <strong>SME</strong> finance; and<br />

vi)<br />

Building capacity of the financial institutions.<br />

These recommendations are developed here into a <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>, with a focus on policy and regulatory<br />

measures. Accepted guidelines and standards are set out, supplemented by examples, models, and<br />

diagnostics. Further stock-taking of <strong>SME</strong> finance models was conducted to deepen insights into the<br />

most relevant models, and to try to identify models for all areas of the <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>.<br />

Consultations<br />

A consultative process was fundamental in the development of this <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>. A consultation event<br />

“<strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong>, G20 and LDCs: <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>, Challenges and What Works” took place on May 10, 2011,<br />

with representatives from LDCs, governments, research institutes, investors, banks, and others, as a side<br />

event to the Fourth United Nations Conference on Least Developed Countries in Istanbul. Representatives<br />

from LDCs, G-20 countries, international organizations, the private sector, non-governmental organizations<br />

(NGOs), academics, and media participated. Consultation briefs for <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> themes and subthemes<br />

were then posted online, together with relevant background documents, for open “virtual”<br />

consultations between May 31 and June 24, 2011. The subgroup invited more than 1,000 <strong>SME</strong> finance<br />

experts, practitioners, academics, government officials, regulators, and NGO representatives to join the<br />

consultations.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

7<br />

CHAPTER A<br />

<strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>:<br />

Objectives, Application<br />

The objective of this <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> is to refine and<br />

develop the policy recommendations endorsed by G-20<br />

leaders in Seoul in 2010, to take further account of the<br />

challenges developing countries face, and to produce a<br />

more detailed <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> to guide and support the<br />

implementation of <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> reforms. The <strong>Policy</strong><br />

<strong>Guide</strong> is intended as a guide and reference point for governments<br />

and regulators, providing a roadmap for planning,<br />

assessing, and implementing policy and legal<br />

measures to support <strong>SME</strong> access to finance.<br />

The draft <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> sets out models and accepted or<br />

emerging good practice for policy and legal reforms<br />

and public interventions to support <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong>. As<br />

such, it can underpin the development of country<br />

action plans and national strategies to improve <strong>SME</strong><br />

access to finance. Given the mixed results achieved by<br />

<strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> policies, reforms, and interventions in<br />

many countries, the <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> incorporates lessons<br />

learned, outlines good practice models, and places<br />

each <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> component in the context of the<br />

issues that it can address, thus offering the potential<br />

for tailored, more cost-effective, and higher-impact<br />

reforms and interventions.<br />

In line with the guidance received from the G-20 <strong>SME</strong><br />

<strong>Finance</strong> co-chairs, there is a focus on Least Developed<br />

Countries (LDCs) 1 running through the <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>,<br />

including the challenges that LDCs face in supporting<br />

<strong>SME</strong> finance, along with relevant models and recommendations.<br />

The challenges faced by the Middle East<br />

and North Africa region, including job creation and<br />

widening of economic opportunities, also informed<br />

the scope of the <strong>Guide</strong> as requested by the GPFI cochairs,<br />

with guidance and models provided for public<br />

interventions (such as state banks, guarantee funds,<br />

apex funds), and a set of policy analysis and recommendations<br />

on measures to increase the creditworthiness<br />

and competitiveness of <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

The <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> will be presented in draft to the G-20<br />

leaders at the Cannes Summit in November 2011.<br />

Sequencing, Prioritization<br />

The <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> presented in this paper provides a<br />

comprehensive menu of interventions to support<br />

improved access to finance for <strong>SME</strong>s. The significance<br />

of market failures, regulatory constraints,<br />

supervisory weaknesses, financial infrastructure<br />

deficiencies, and financial institution capacity and<br />

behavior, will vary by country and context.<br />

Therefore, diagnostic assessments are necessary as a<br />

first step to inform the selection and sequencing of<br />

tools from this <strong>Guide</strong>. 2<br />

The capacity of government to implement reforms, of<br />

regulators to effectively introduce and supervise new<br />

or reformed regulations, and of the financial sector to<br />

respond to an improved enabling environment, will<br />

also vary. LDCs in particular may be relatively constrained<br />

in terms of human, institutional, and fiscal<br />

resources to support comprehensive reform programs,<br />

and may need to carefully sequence <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong><br />

1 LDC definition and country list in Annex IV.<br />

2 The <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Abatement model is outlined in Annex II. The purpose of the model is to provide a basis on which to calibrate the<br />

effectiveness of policy interventions in a country, by first quantifying the <strong>SME</strong> finance gap, then determining which interventions should<br />

be targeted, and assessing the effectiveness and cost of implementing such policies to increase access to finance for <strong>SME</strong>s.


8 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

policy guides. G-20 partners, including agencies such<br />

as the World Bank, IFC, regional development banks,<br />

and multilateral and bilateral donors, can play an<br />

important role in providing complementary resources<br />

to support LDC policy guides.<br />

An enabling regulatory framework and a supportive<br />

financial infrastructure are essential in the medium<br />

term to encourage sustainable, viable, and significant<br />

improvements in access to <strong>SME</strong> finance. However, in<br />

the short term, more direct public interventions may<br />

be merited, although these are not without risks in<br />

terms of market distortion, the optimal use of using<br />

public resources (and the associated opportunity cost),<br />

and perverse incentives to financial institutions and<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s. Public interventions can also be counter-cyclical,<br />

as in the case of the recent global financial crisis,<br />

or can address more structural market failures.<br />

Data as a Priority<br />

The availability of relevant financial inclusion data is<br />

critical for informing the selection, prioritization, and<br />

sequencing of elements of the <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> <strong>Policy</strong><br />

<strong>Guide</strong> set out in this document. The GPFI Data and<br />

Target Setting Sub-group identified the following set of<br />

gaps in the financial inclusion data landscape, which<br />

also merit an initial focus and subsidy on data collection<br />

mechanisms from an LDC perspective: 3<br />

i) Gaps related to statistical capacity are those that<br />

involve the way in which financial inclusion statistics<br />

are measured, collected, and disseminated in<br />

general. These are:<br />

• Some data sets, especially demand-side databases,<br />

are not publicly available. In some cases, this is<br />

because of confidentiality, in some others,<br />

because of transparency or private property.<br />

• Data and measurement on access to finance by<br />

households are more developed than those on<br />

access to finance by firms.<br />

• There is lack of data on informal providers and<br />

informal businesses, though it should be<br />

acknowledged that data on the informal sector<br />

are hard to gather in general.<br />

• Lack of financial identity weakens the reliability<br />

of supply-side data on usage. As users cannot be<br />

uniquely identified in forming country-level<br />

aggregates in the absence of financial identity,<br />

supply-side indicators on usage are prone to multiple<br />

counting.<br />

• Lack of harmonized definitions, standardized<br />

data collection and indicator construction—<br />

especially for <strong>SME</strong>s, active vs. dormant accounts,<br />

and demand-side data—lead to challenges with<br />

comparability of indicators over time and across<br />

countries.<br />

ii) Gaps related to financial inclusion dimensions are<br />

those that concern input, output and impact indicators.<br />

These are:<br />

• Access and usage indicators that measure the<br />

entry into the formal financial system are reasonably<br />

well-developed, though there are certain<br />

gaps to be filled. For example, frequency of measurement<br />

of usage by enterprises and differentiation<br />

of active users need improvements.<br />

• Next generation output indicators such as quality<br />

of services, financial literacy, absence of barriers<br />

to access, etc. are yet to be developed in a consistent<br />

way.<br />

• Regular and thorough measurement of the key<br />

enabling environment—more specifically, public<br />

sector driven enablers and private sector drive—<br />

is lacking.<br />

3 Source: “Assessing the Financial Inclusion Data Landscape and the Foundation for Setting Country-Level Financial Inclusion Targets,”<br />

GPFI Data and Target Setting Sub-group, consultation draft as of September 2011.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

9<br />

CHAPTER B<br />

Access To <strong>Finance</strong> For <strong>SME</strong>s in<br />

Least Developed Countries (LDCs)<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s play a key role in economic development and<br />

make an important contribution to employment and<br />

GDP. 4 Financial access is critical for <strong>SME</strong>s’ growth and<br />

development. In their early stages of development,<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s rely on internal sources of funding, including<br />

the owner’s savings, retained earnings, or funding<br />

through the sale of assets. As firms starts expanding,<br />

external sources become more important and their<br />

availability can determine the firms’ growth possibilities.<br />

External finance is positively and significantly<br />

associated with productivity. Conversely, financing<br />

from internal funds and other informal sources is<br />

often negatively associated with growth and firm<br />

performance. 5<br />

However, access to finance remains a key constraint to<br />

<strong>SME</strong> development, especially in emerging economies.<br />

Access to finance is disproportionately difficult for<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s in LDCs, with 41 percent of <strong>SME</strong>s in LDCs reporting<br />

access to finance as a major constraint to their<br />

growth and development, as compared with 30 percent<br />

in middle-income countries, and only 15 percent<br />

in high-income countries. 6 Access to finance through<br />

bank loans not only decreases with the level of country<br />

income, but also tends to be more concentrated among<br />

large borrowers. Other common sources of finance for<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s, such as leasing and factoring, are not yet well<br />

developed in LDCs. Annex I presents a statistical overview<br />

of access to finance for <strong>SME</strong>s in LDCs.<br />

LDCs stand to gain significantly from policy guides<br />

that support improved access to finance for <strong>SME</strong>s. An<br />

impact evaluation by Banerjee, Abhijit, and Duflo in<br />

India in 2008, suggests that credit constraints for<br />

Indian <strong>SME</strong>s were a leading reason for the productivity<br />

and investment gap between the United States and<br />

India. There is evidence that, in developing economies,<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s could contribute more to economic development<br />

than they currently do. <strong>SME</strong>s tend to be<br />

smaller in developing countries, suggesting greater<br />

constraints to growth, including financial constraints.<br />

Recent World Bank research 7 using a database for 99<br />

developing countries, found that small firms are<br />

important contributors to total employment and job<br />

creation, but that small firms also have lower productivity<br />

growth than large firms. In other words, while<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s employ a large number of people and create<br />

more jobs, their contribution to productivity and<br />

growth is less clear. The authors concluded that growth<br />

and increases in productivity require a policy focus on<br />

the potential obstacles, which include constrained<br />

access to finance and encompass growth capital.<br />

However, LDCs can face a more severe set of challenges<br />

in providing enabling policy and legal frameworks<br />

for <strong>SME</strong> finance, relative to middle- and<br />

high-income countries that may have stronger institutional<br />

capacity and higher levels of access to finance.<br />

Financial infrastructure, such as credit information<br />

systems, payment systems, and secured transactions<br />

and insolvency frameworks, are generally weaker and<br />

less developed. LDCs may therefore need to prioritize,<br />

adapt, and sequence the <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> components<br />

outlined in this paper.<br />

4 Ayyagari, Beck and Demirgüç-Kunt (2007)<br />

5 Beck, Thorsten, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt, and Ross Levine. 2005<br />

6 World Bank Enterprise Surveys. Numbers by income group are simple averages of all countries with data available that fall into the group.<br />

7 Ayyagari, Demirguc-Kunt, Maksimovic (2011)


10 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

CHAPTER C<br />

<strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> Components<br />

The <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> covers regulatory and supervisory<br />

frameworks, financial infrastructure, and public interventions.<br />

In addition to the traditional role of ensuring<br />

the stability and efficiency of the overall financial system<br />

at large, regulators can contribute to greater access to<br />

finance by promoting a favorable legal and regulatory<br />

environment. Such an environment establishes the rules<br />

within which all the financial institutions, instruments,<br />

and markets operate in a given country.<br />

This legal and regulatory framework is complemented<br />

by a sound financial infrastructure, which improves<br />

the efficiency and effectiveness of financial intermediation.<br />

A sound payments system and a well-functioning<br />

credit information framework are two essential<br />

elements of a financial infrastructure. They are crucial<br />

to ensure the efficient functioning of financial systems,<br />

even in the presence of an otherwise flawless legal and<br />

regulatory framework.<br />

In addition to designing and enforcing an enabling<br />

regulatory environment and financial infrastructure,<br />

governments and regulators may choose to undertake<br />

more direct market interventions to promote <strong>SME</strong><br />

finance. These can compensate for deficiencies in the<br />

enabling environment in the interim while reforms<br />

are implemented, or address residual market failures,<br />

such as enforcement difficulties, imperfect information,<br />

protection of depositors, and market power. They<br />

include capacity-building for <strong>SME</strong>s to improve their<br />

creditworthiness, credit guarantee schemes, state<br />

banks and funds, and supply chain finance linked to<br />

public procurement and payments.<br />

Strategic Approach<br />

Country-level processes (diagnostics, consultations) are<br />

necessary to assess challenges, to identify policy and<br />

legal responses from this <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>’s menu of options,<br />

and to determine lead roles, targets, prioritization, and<br />

sequencing. Analysis of the tools and options available,<br />

and the potential impact and cost-effectiveness of each,<br />

should be conducted before selecting and implementing<br />

policy reforms and interventions. 8<br />

Further work is<br />

needed on impact assessment techniques for <strong>SME</strong><br />

<strong>Finance</strong> policies and interventions.<br />

Wider <strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong> for <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong>:<br />

Financial Inclusion Strategies<br />

Governments and regulators need to take the lead in<br />

supporting improvements in access to finance, displaying<br />

the leadership called for in the G-20 Principles for<br />

Innovative Financial Inclusion. Financial regulators and<br />

governments can add financial inclusion as a goal alongside<br />

prudential regulation and financial system stability,<br />

and develop financial inclusion strategies. The<br />

Consultative Group to Assist the Poor (CGAP) and World<br />

Bank Financial Access survey (2010) of financial regulators<br />

worldwide found that regions that include financial<br />

access in their strategies and mandate their financial<br />

regulators to carry such agendas are also the countries<br />

that reform the most. Regulators with a financial inclusion<br />

strategy are more likely to have more financial<br />

inclusion topics under their purview, and more resources<br />

and staff dedicated to working on these matters.<br />

8 The IFC-commissioned <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Abatement model offers a quantitative assessment framework for determining the potential<br />

benefits of reforms in reducing barriers to <strong>SME</strong> access to finance. See Annex II.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

11<br />

Figure 1 Examples of Countries Advancing Full Financial Inclusion –<br />

including for <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

INDIA<br />

■ Full Financial Inclusion<br />

government mandate<br />

■ Focus on full-scale banking<br />

and wide reach<br />

SOUTH KOREA<br />

■ Tax benefits for<br />

FIs and users<br />

■ Regulatory changes<br />

MEXICO<br />

■ Full Financial<br />

Inclusion by 2020<br />

vision<br />

■ Diconsagovernment<br />

trasfer<br />

partnership<br />

■ No-frills accounts<br />

required by<br />

regulation<br />

PERU<br />

■ Superintendency<br />

adopted FI as<br />

cross-cutting<br />

priority<br />

■ Focus on<br />

consumer<br />

protection and<br />

financial<br />

education<br />

BRAZIL<br />

■ Social transfer<br />

payments<br />

through agent<br />

banking<br />

KENYA<br />

■ National objective to<br />

expand access to millions<br />

■ Regulatory changes<br />

■ M-Pesa<br />

SOUTH AFRICA<br />

■ Mzansi<br />

■ Wizzit<br />

■ MiniATM<br />

■ Financial Sector Charter<br />

■ Regulatory changes<br />

PHILIPPINES<br />

■ Regulatory initiatives<br />

■ Mobile banking<br />

(GCASH, SMART<br />

money)<br />

■ Financial Literacy<br />

campaign<br />

Source: World Bank Group Team Analysis and AFI; Map represents selected examples only, not an exhaustive or best practice list of<br />

countries with full/universal financial inclusion initiatives. Note that the South Korea example dates back to the credit card lending<br />

boom in 1999-2002.<br />

Financial inclusion can be promoted through shared<br />

public and private sector goals, developed on the basis<br />

of improved market data on financial exclusion.<br />

Cooperation with the private sector and civil society (a<br />

G-20 Principle) is essential to achieve far-reaching<br />

improvements in financial inclusion. Private sector<br />

commitments, which may be backed by a threat of<br />

regulation or enforcement if the private sector is not<br />

sufficiently active in delivering them, can be an effective<br />

means of promoting financial inclusion and financial<br />

capability. Banks and MFIs can then take a leading<br />

role in promoting financial inclusion, spurred on by<br />

competition, the threat of regulation, and monitoring,<br />

and in line with market opportunities.<br />

Commitments by regulators and governments can<br />

complement private sector targets. Charters or codes of<br />

practice can serve as the basis for agreements and can<br />

set out the financial sector commitments to expanding<br />

access to financial services and to improving the terms<br />

of that access. Codes and charters can also encompass<br />

consumer education, transparency of information on<br />

products, services and tariff structures, complaint handling,<br />

and provision of secure and reliable banking<br />

and payment systems, backed up by regulations and<br />

enforcement where necessary.<br />

On the national level, governments are becoming<br />

increasingly more pro-active and some are incorporating<br />

financial inclusion, such as <strong>SME</strong> finance, and the<br />

drive to universal access into their national mandate<br />

(see Figure 1 for an illustrative map with selected<br />

country examples). Recent survey data indicates that at<br />

least one aspect of financial inclusion is under the purview<br />

of the financial regulators in 90 percent of the<br />

economies surveyed. Financial inclusion strategies are<br />

increasingly common. <strong>SME</strong> finance promotion is<br />

among the key financial inclusion elements that form


12 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Table 1 Using Financial Inclusion Targets: Examples<br />

APPROACH<br />

1. Data underpins<br />

Reforms and<br />

Innovation<br />

2. Public and private<br />

sectors agree<br />

financial inclusion<br />

goals<br />

3. Public sector<br />

removes regulatory<br />

barriers and monitors<br />

progress on goals<br />

4. Private sector<br />

develops new<br />

financial services and<br />

delivery mechanisms<br />

South Africa:<br />

FinScope Data<br />

Financial Sector<br />

Financial Advisory<br />

Basic bank accounts<br />

Survey<br />

Charter<br />

and Intermediary<br />

and mobile phone<br />

Services Act,<br />

banking<br />

Dedicated Banks Bill<br />

UK:<br />

Family Resources<br />

Financial Inclusion<br />

Progress monitored<br />

Basic Bank Accounts,<br />

Survey<br />

Task Force<br />

by Financial Inclusion<br />

Financial services<br />

Indicators<br />

through Post Office<br />

Canada:<br />

Canadian Banking<br />

Financial Consumer<br />

Low cost bank<br />

Code<br />

Agency of Canada<br />

accounts<br />

India:<br />

Banking Codes and<br />

Reserve Bank of<br />

Basic bank accounts,<br />

Standards Board of<br />

India’s guidance on<br />

Innovative use of<br />

India<br />

Financial Inclusion<br />

technology to reach<br />

customers<br />

Source: Pearce & Bajaj, 2006.<br />

part of governments’ strategies or mandates. Other elements<br />

include: consumer protection, financial literacy,<br />

regulation of microfinance, savings promotion, and<br />

<strong>SME</strong> finance promotion. 9<br />

India has mandated financial inclusion as a national<br />

goal. The Reserve Bank of India has intensified a number<br />

of measures and endorsed quantitative access targets<br />

over the last year to further financial inclusion. The government<br />

of Mexico is welcoming and supporting ongoing<br />

financial inclusion programs and analytical work to<br />

advance the goal of full financial inclusion by 2020.<br />

South Africa has mobilized the public and private sectors<br />

to design products and interventions that serve as<br />

the entry-level point, to include a larger percentage of<br />

the unbanked in formal financial services (e.g., Mzansi<br />

accounts with no monthly fee and no minimum balance).<br />

Moreover, the United Nations committee on<br />

building inclusive financial sectors, set up in 2006,<br />

urged central banks and governments to add the goal of<br />

universal “financial inclusion” to the two traditional<br />

goals of prudential regulation: safety of depositors’<br />

funds and the stability of the financial system. 10<br />

Country-level goals regarding financial inclusion<br />

have varied in their focus. Countries can choose<br />

whether to focus on a general goal or a specific target.<br />

In addition, goals and targets can be either general or<br />

specific to households or <strong>SME</strong> finance, depending on<br />

the level of development and prioritization each<br />

country determines most appropriate after conducting<br />

a systematic, data-driven diagnostic. An example<br />

of specific targets for <strong>SME</strong> access to finance is outlined<br />

in the box on page 13.<br />

Data to underpin <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> <strong>Policy</strong><br />

<strong>Guide</strong>s 11<br />

As a first step to developing country level action plans<br />

and targets, governments should emphasize improving<br />

9 CGAP and World Bank Group. “Financial Access” database.<br />

10 UN, “Building Inclusive Financial Sector for Development”, 2006, India, Mexico and South Africa examples based on public reports and<br />

publicly available information. Section excerpted from Randhawa et al. (2010).<br />

11 For further details, see the GPFI Data and Target Setting Sub-group report: “Assessing the Financial Inclusion Data Landscape and the<br />

Foundation for Setting Country-Level Financial Inclusion Targets,” GPFI Data and Target Setting Sub-group, consultation draft as of<br />

September 2011.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

13<br />

<strong>SME</strong> Lending Targets in the United Kingdom<br />

In February 2011, the Merlin Agreement was established between the UK Government and the major UK banks – specifically<br />

Barclays, HSBC, LBG and RBS, and Santander - recognizing their responsibility to support economic recovery<br />

in the United Kingdom. The agreement sets lending targets of around £190 billion this year, including £76 billion<br />

to small firms. The Bank of England will monitor whether the loans targets are being met. This is part of a wider<br />

agreement that also includes curbs on bonuses and requirements to disclose salaries, and has been negotiated as a<br />

result of the banking sector bailout that occurred in the context of the crisis.<br />

The banks are also committed to implementing the recommendations of the UK Business <strong>Finance</strong> Taskforce (which<br />

also comprises Standard Chartered), in particular the following;<br />

i) Support a network of mentors from the banks, attached to existing mentoring organizations, to deliver a free finance<br />

service to small and medium sized businesses across the United Kingdom;<br />

ii) Improve service levels to micro enterprises through a new lending code;<br />

iii) Publish lending principles that clearly set out the minimum standards for medium-sized and larger businesses;<br />

iv) Establish transparent appeals processes for when loan applications are declined, with processes independently<br />

monitored by a senior independent reviewer, who will publish the results of their review;<br />

v) Initiate a pre re-financing dialogue 12 months ahead of any term loan coming to an end;<br />

vi) Establish and invest in a new £1.5 billion Business Growth Fund (built over a number of years);<br />

vii) Support the Enterprise <strong>Finance</strong> Guarantee Scheme;<br />

viii) Help mid-sized businesses access syndicated debt markets;<br />

ix) Improve access to trade finance;<br />

x) Signpost alternative sources of finance;<br />

xi) Fund and publish a regular independent survey on business finance demand and lending supply;<br />

xii) Enhance the cross-industry lending dataset by broadening the statistics on (among other things) lending to deprived<br />

areas and national and regional data on the provision of bank support to business start-ups<br />

xiii) Hold regional outreach events throughout 2011;<br />

xiv) Improve customer information including a review of literature and other materials (e.g., loan applications); and<br />

xv) Establish a Business <strong>Finance</strong> Round Table.<br />

Source: http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/d/bank_agreement_090211.pdf<br />

data availability and investing in regular collection and<br />

dissemination of reliable financial inclusion data. The<br />

focus of these data-related investments will vary by<br />

country, but overall recommended measures to<br />

improve the current data landscape on <strong>SME</strong> finance are<br />

the following:<br />

• Harmonize the definitions of the concepts to be<br />

measured to ensure comparability across countries<br />

and over time, to devise development strategies, and<br />

to adapt or design informed policies. This is especially<br />

important for data and measurement of access<br />

to finance by <strong>SME</strong>s and women-owned <strong>SME</strong>s. 12<br />

• Standardize data collection and indicator computation.<br />

The use of international concepts, classifications<br />

and methods promotes the transparency,<br />

consistency and efficiency of statistical systems.<br />

• Build or improve national statistical capacity to<br />

improve data availability and quality.<br />

• Improve data availability and quality with a focus on<br />

missing indicators including barriers to access, usage<br />

by enterprises, role of informal providers, etc.<br />

• Build consistent and reliable data sources for access<br />

to finance by agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s. 13<br />

• Ensure open data access.<br />

12 Also see “Strengthening Access to <strong>Finance</strong> for Women-Owned <strong>SME</strong>s in Developing Countries: Executive Summary for GPFI Report”<br />

prepared by IFC for the GPFI <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Sub-group, August 2011.<br />

13 Source: “<strong>Policy</strong> Paper on Agricultural <strong>Finance</strong> for Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises: Executive Summary for GPFI Report” prepared<br />

by IFC for the GPFI <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Sub-group (August 2011).


14 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

The following high-level aspirations are recommended<br />

as an overall guide when embarking upon the challenging<br />

task of developing country-level targets:<br />

• Country ownership and commitment.<br />

• Encompass the definition of full financial inclusion.<br />

• Take into account how countries’ differing starting<br />

points affect what is realistic and aspirational for<br />

target setting.<br />

• Targets should be determined through data-driven<br />

and evidence-based methodology.<br />

Building inclusive financial systems is a multi-stage<br />

journey, and different types of indicators are suitable<br />

for different stages of this journey. The stages of<br />

this journey may not necessarily be sequential, but<br />

some may overlap with one another; however<br />

within each stage, it is possible to consider indicators<br />

grouped into three as input, output and impact.<br />

Input indicators describe the key characteristics of<br />

the enabling environment such as public sector<br />

driven enablers, macroeconomic descriptors or private<br />

sector drive, output indicators capture consequences<br />

of input actions such as access, usage, and<br />

quality, and impact indicators measure improvements<br />

in well-being such as firm profitability due to<br />

financial inclusion policies.<br />

G-20 Principles for Innovative<br />

Financial Inclusion<br />

A starting point for triggering country-level development<br />

is to develop key principles that can guide<br />

actions at a high level. The national leaders at the<br />

G-20 Toronto Summit, in June 2010, adopted the nine<br />

“Principles for Innovative Financial Inclusion.” These<br />

principles for innovative financial inclusion outline<br />

some of the key steps necessary to create an enabling<br />

policy and regulatory environment for improved<br />

financial access. The principles derive from the experiences<br />

and lessons learned from policymakers<br />

throughout the world, especially leaders from developing<br />

countries. 14<br />

They are directly applicable to<br />

many aspects of <strong>SME</strong> finance, and cover leadership,<br />

diversity, innovation, protection, empowerment,<br />

cooperation, knowledge, proportionality, and regulatory<br />

framework.<br />

C.1. Regulatory and Supervisory<br />

Frameworks<br />

The legal and regulatory framework establishes the<br />

rules within which all the financial institutions, instruments,<br />

and markets operate in a given country. It<br />

includes banking, insurance, leasing, factoring, and<br />

security laws, as well the respective bodies of secondary<br />

regulations and guidelines. Sound legal and regulatory<br />

frameworks that are effectively enforced<br />

promote market development and competition, while<br />

subjecting financial institutions and agents to sound<br />

and appropriate prudential regulation and rules of<br />

conduct in order to protect consumers and depositors<br />

as well as to ensure market stability. Thus, several<br />

objectives need to be balanced, of which access to<br />

finance is one.<br />

C.1.1. ROLE OF REGULATORS<br />

The primary role of regulators is to ensure the efficient<br />

regulation and supervision that is essential to a wellfunctioning<br />

economy and that underpins economic,<br />

social, and environmental objectives. The financial<br />

system in particular cannot operate without a range of<br />

comprehensive regulatory frameworks, including<br />

those that establish accounting, auditing, legal, and<br />

judicial systems, as well as sector-specific requirements<br />

such as prudential regulation. Regulation that is<br />

properly designed and implemented helps the financial<br />

system to function as intended. In this context, highquality<br />

regulation may be defined as that which produces<br />

the desired results as cost efficiently as possible.<br />

The two main components of this definition are that<br />

regulation succeeds in achieving the intended objective<br />

(i.e., it is effective) and does so at reasonable cost<br />

(i.e., it is efficient).<br />

14 “Innovative Financial Inclusion: Principles and Report on Innovative Financial Inclusion from the Access through Innovation Sub-Group<br />

of the G20 Financial Inclusion Experts Group”, May 25, 2010.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

15<br />

Regulators and supervisors play a key role in the<br />

design and implementation of an enabling environment<br />

for <strong>SME</strong> finance, which includes providing the<br />

legal and regulatory framework in support of <strong>SME</strong><br />

access to finance, and can also include interventions<br />

promoting <strong>SME</strong> finance, and the collection and analysis<br />

of data on financial inclusion. While data collection<br />

can support the prudent development of <strong>SME</strong><br />

finance through enabling effective supervision of<br />

expanding provision of financial services, and<br />

through providing much needed market data to<br />

financial institutions, other regulatory measures<br />

have risked distorting markets or have been<br />

counterproductive.<br />

For example, interest rate ceilings designed to make<br />

finance more affordable may actually depress <strong>SME</strong><br />

lending volumes, while directed lending, for example<br />

through requirements for banks to set up branches in<br />

rural areas or to lend to certain <strong>SME</strong> sectors, can add<br />

costs and risks for <strong>SME</strong> lending. Exemptions on<br />

reserve requirements have been used to try and stimulate<br />

<strong>SME</strong> lending, and in some cases to lower the<br />

interest rates for <strong>SME</strong> borrowers. For example, the<br />

Egyptian central bank waived its 14 percent reserve<br />

requirement on loans to <strong>SME</strong>s, for an amount equal<br />

to the <strong>SME</strong> lending of each bank. The Jordanian central<br />

bank also reduced reserve requirements for an<br />

amount equivalent to <strong>SME</strong> lending, on the condition<br />

that banks lent at a lower rate (relative to the prime<br />

rate) to <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Standards, guidelines, good practice<br />

The policy and regulatory framework should be proportionate<br />

with the risks involved in such innovative<br />

products and services, and is based on an understanding<br />

of the gaps and barriers in existing regulation.<br />

Under a proportional regulatory framework, regulatory<br />

requirements vary with the benefits and risks<br />

associated with a financial service or the provider of<br />

the financial service. The aim should be for regulatory<br />

policies that enable, rather than inhibit, appropriate<br />

innovation in connection with regulated activities in a<br />

way that manages risk. The challenge lies in tailoring<br />

regulation to mitigate the risks of specific types of services<br />

and delivery approaches without imposing an<br />

undue regulatory burden that could stifle innovation.<br />

Proportionality in regulation can be accomplished, for<br />

example, by setting different requirements correlated<br />

with the differing levels and types of risk involved in<br />

different activities. Regular, thorough diagnostic exercises<br />

that identify the gaps and barriers in current<br />

policy and regulation should inform sound innovative<br />

financial inclusion policy formulation, as the experiences<br />

of Argentina, Russia, and Mexico demonstrate.<br />

Such reviews are important because the barriers and<br />

gaps in existing regulation that prevent innovative<br />

financial inclusion reaching scale rapidly, yet safely,<br />

are not necessarily obvious.<br />

While designing and enforcing an enabling environment<br />

and intervention mechanisms in support of <strong>SME</strong><br />

access to finance, regulators need to keep overarching<br />

objectives in mind: ensuring the stability of the financial<br />

system, promoting financial literacy and consumer<br />

protection, and respecting Anti-Money Laundering<br />

(AML) and Combatting the Financing of Terrorism<br />

(CFT) regulations. The pursuit of these objectives can<br />

involve trade-offs with measures aimed at widening<br />

access to finance. The design of access to finance<br />

reforms needs to be balanced with these overarching<br />

objectives in mind, and the South Africa example on<br />

page 17 illustrates how this can be achieved in an<br />

emerging market.<br />

Regulators can also collect and evaluate data on <strong>SME</strong><br />

access to finance, building on credit registry and<br />

other reporting data that they do or could collect.<br />

Financial inclusion data is critical in supporting evidence-based<br />

policymaking, helping inform the prioritization<br />

of efforts, and tracking progress of the<br />

proposed targets. Without standardized, comparable,<br />

and regularly updated data at the global and national<br />

level, progress tracking and target setting is suboptimal<br />

and lacks direction. Thus, data and measurement<br />

is a key and indispensable area of work that<br />

requires: i) defining measurable financial inclusion


16 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

General Good Practices for an Effective and Efficient Financial Regulatory Process<br />

Good practice regulation making process is comprised of four main steps.<br />

First, policymakers should make the case for regulatory intervention. This involves:<br />

• defining the regulatory philosophy and establishing proper policy objectives;<br />

• establishing an open and transparent regulatory decision-making process; and<br />

• comprehensively analyzing the market failure to identify and define the issue to be addressed and determine whether<br />

there is evidence that government action is justified.<br />

Second, policymakers should design and implement appropriate policy measures by:<br />

• identifying measures that address the problem as identified, including non-regulatory measures and the status quo;<br />

• assessing the benefits and costs of each alternative policy proposal, preferably through a formal and structured<br />

regulatory impact assessment; and<br />

• designing and implementing the chosen regulatory solution while taking account of issues including clarity,<br />

consistency, proportionality and accountability.<br />

Third, to guarantee the success of policies, authorities should design effective enforcement strategies, preferably by<br />

leveraging off existing incentive structures. Enforcement measures should be fair and transparent and well-integrated<br />

in the overall regulatory decision-making process.<br />

Finally, policymakers should conduct ex-post evaluation, to determine whether the regulation remains relevant in its<br />

current form or if its goals could be better achieved in another way. Less frequently, the entire regulatory framework,<br />

including the underlying regulatory philosophy, should also be reviewed.<br />

G-20 Financial Inclusion Experts Group—ATISG Report p.20<br />

dimensions; and ii) improving current and developing<br />

existing data collection efforts and indicators<br />

towards the goal of establishing an international<br />

financial inclusion data platform.<br />

An example of directed lending requirements is outlined<br />

on page 17, for insights into the use of directed<br />

lending for <strong>SME</strong> finance and its potential harmful<br />

impacts on lending costs and risks.<br />

Challenges and Priorities for Least Developed Countries<br />

One of the largest challenges faced by LDCs is the<br />

weak capacity of the regulatory and supervisory<br />

bodies. Central banks and financial market authorities<br />

often struggle to perform their main regulatory and<br />

supervisory tasks due to the lack of adequate financial<br />

and human resources. Adding additional responsibilities<br />

(e.g., monitoring <strong>SME</strong> finance) or expanding their<br />

coverage (e.g., covering microfinance institutions,<br />

non-bank financial institutions, etc.) may represent a<br />

capacity challenge that limits the effectiveness of<br />

those reforms.<br />

The lower levels of regulatory and supervisory<br />

capacity particularly common in low-income jurisdictions<br />

suggest the need for careful prioritization<br />

of the most important challenges to be addressed<br />

and the most promising opportunities to be seized.<br />

Regulators of LDCs may also face challenges to adopt<br />

a “proportionate” regulatory or supervisory<br />

approach (or a “risk-based approach”). LDCs may<br />

not currently have the capacity to implement a proportionate,<br />

or risk-based, approach, which requires<br />

more human resources, information, and financial<br />

resources. Instead, they may prefer to start with a<br />

basic institutional framework that is more compliance<br />

or rules-based, while gradually shifting to a<br />

more sophisticated regulatory framework over time<br />

as their markets and regulatory and supervisory<br />

capacity develops.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

17<br />

Finding the right balance between financial access and AML/CFT regulation: The<br />

case of the South Africa<br />

South Africa: In South Africa the Financial Intelligence Centre Act (FICA) and its regulations determine the AML/CFT<br />

obligations of financial institutions. The Act provides that an accountable institution must keep a record of the identity<br />

of the client and any documents obtained in verifying that identity. Two requirements of the FICA regulations<br />

were subsequently identified as potential obstacles for customers in the low-income market: (i) a national identity<br />

document to verify personal details, and (ii) documentary proof of residential address when opening a bank account.<br />

Approximately one-third of adult South Africans, many of whom live in informal housing, could not provide such<br />

documentary proof of residential address.<br />

• In 2002 an exemption was issued eliminating the need to obtain and verify address details, and relaxing recordkeeping<br />

requirements for accounts and services subject to balance and transaction limits. 15<br />

Further refinements in<br />

2004 supported a basic bank account (“Mzansi”) and related payment services. To date, more than six million such<br />

accounts have been opened.<br />

• In 2006, the South African Reserve Bank allowed banks to open mobile phone-operated bank accounts (within<br />

certain transaction and balance limits) without having to undertake face-to-face customer due diligence and with<br />

even lower transaction limits. 16<br />

Lessons for <strong>SME</strong> Banking in India: Promoting Branch Expansion to Underserved Areas<br />

Between 1977 and 1990, the Reserve Bank of India mandated that a commercial bank could open a new branch in a<br />

location that already had bank branches only if it opened four in locations with no branches. This regulation was part<br />

of a social banking program that tried to expand access to financial services in rural areas. An ex post evaluation of<br />

this policy 17 shows that it had sizable effects. The 1:4 rule was a binding constraint on banks and, together with a regulated<br />

branch-level loan-deposit ratio of 60 percent, led to an increase in bank branches and in rural credit in less<br />

densely banked states, even after controlling for other state characteristics that might have driven branch and credit<br />

expansion.<br />

But there was a significant downside: commercial banks incurred large losses attributable to subsidized interest rates<br />

and high loan losses—suggesting potential longer-term damage to the credit culture. Furthermore, many governments<br />

do not have the carrot of licensing branches in markets as dynamic as those of some of the largest Indian cities<br />

to compensate for the stick of compulsory rural branches.<br />

<strong>Finance</strong> for All, World Bank, 2008<br />

15 The balance may not exceed ZAR 25,000 (approximately US$3,400); the daily transaction limit is ZAR 5,000 (approximately US$680),<br />

and the monthly limit is ZAR 25,000 (approximately US$3,400).<br />

16 The transactions on such an account are limited to ZAR 1,000 (approximately US$135) per day. If clients wish to exceed this limit, a<br />

face-to-face confirmation of the client’s identity must be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Exemption 17. Some industry<br />

participants argue that the caps in Guidance Note 6 are too low and should be adjusted upward to facilitate market development.<br />

17 Burgess and Pande (2005)


18 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

C.1.2: BASEL II/III AND <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE<br />

Basel II is a framework providing harmonized rules for<br />

the calculation of regulatory capital measures. The<br />

purpose of Basel II, which was initially published in<br />

June 2004, was to create an international standard<br />

determining the amount of capital banks should put<br />

aside to guard against the types of financial and operational<br />

risks they face. Capital requirements ensure that<br />

financial institutions have sufficient capital to sustain<br />

operating losses while still honoring withdrawals, and<br />

thus help protect the international financial system<br />

from the types of problems that might arise should a<br />

major bank or a series of banks collapse.<br />

During the consultation period on Basel II, some<br />

empirical studies supported claims that the more risksensitive<br />

nature of Basel II would reduce the availability<br />

and increase the cost of finance for <strong>SME</strong>s, in<br />

particular unrated <strong>SME</strong>s, as banks would be required<br />

to hold relatively more capital for <strong>SME</strong> exposures. In<br />

response, the Basel Committee made some specific<br />

changes to the final version in order to accommodate<br />

<strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong>. These changes include: (i) at a given<br />

probability of default, exposures to <strong>SME</strong>s were to<br />

require relatively less capital than larger firms in riskweighting<br />

calculations; (ii) <strong>SME</strong> exposures classified as<br />

retail were to have a specific risk weight curve; (iii) the<br />

risk weight for non-mortgage retail exposures was<br />

reduced under the standardized approach; and (iv)<br />

credit risk mitigants such as collateral and guarantees<br />

were better recognized. The debate on the impact of<br />

Basel II on <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> has abated since the release of<br />

the final version of the Basel II Framework. The changes<br />

largely succeeded in addressing the main concerns<br />

about the potential impact of Basel II on <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong>,<br />

and the impact studies of the Basel Committee have<br />

suggested that, broadly speaking, capital requirements<br />

for <strong>SME</strong>s would not be significantly higher than those<br />

under Basel I.<br />

Basel III is a new global regulatory standard on bank<br />

capital adequacy and liquidity agreed by the Basel<br />

Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) in response<br />

to the deficiencies in financial regulation revealed by<br />

the global financial crisis. Basel III strengthens further<br />

the bank capital requirements that were introduced<br />

under Basel II and introduces new regulatory requirements<br />

on bank capital, liquidity, and bank leverage. It<br />

will be phased in over the period 2011-2019. 18<br />

During the consultations on the preparation of this<br />

<strong>Policy</strong> <strong>Guide</strong>, some concerns were raised about the<br />

impact of Basel III on banks’ ability to lend to <strong>SME</strong>s,<br />

although the gradual implementation of the new rules<br />

through 2019 give banks time to adjust to the new capital<br />

requirements. The argument was made that the<br />

new capital requirements, liquidity requirements, and<br />

leverage ratio all could potentially reduce banks’ ability<br />

to lend to <strong>SME</strong>s, and that an objective assessment on<br />

the Basel III impact on <strong>SME</strong> lending is necessary. It was<br />

noted that there was no clear indication that the leverage<br />

ratio, liquidity requirements, or increase in capital<br />

levels will have a particular effect on <strong>SME</strong> lending, and<br />

that the credit risk framework regarding <strong>SME</strong> portfolios<br />

has remained unchanged. The increased capital<br />

requirements will raise the average costs of banks’ liabilities,<br />

which could raise the interest rates charged to<br />

bank clients, including <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Standards, guidelines, good practice<br />

Regulators from 25 African central banks noted the<br />

following at a workshop on the Implementation of<br />

International Standards for Banking Supervision and<br />

the Basel Capital Framework, in Uganda, April 2011:<br />

• International standards provide an important orientation<br />

and point of reference for the long-term reform<br />

agenda, but should not be seen as blueprints for the<br />

reform process in African countries. Maximizing regulatory<br />

effectiveness and financial stability under<br />

resource constraints requires appropriate sequencing<br />

and prioritization of building blocks of financial regulation<br />

and supervision. Rather than adopting international<br />

standards wholesale, African regulators need<br />

to judge which elements of the standards could<br />

18 For further information see: http://www.bis.org/bcbs/basel3.htm


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

19<br />

provide useful and effective building blocks within<br />

the current country and regional context.<br />

• While many African countries intend to move to<br />

adopt the Basel II capital framework the focus should<br />

be on implementing the supervisory processes outlined<br />

under Pillar 2 and Pillar 3. The importance of<br />

enhancing supervisory capacity as a precondition for<br />

adopting the more complex rules under the Basel<br />

capital framework was emphasized. Further, it was<br />

recognized that the adoption of Basel II does not<br />

constitute a necessary precondition for the implementation<br />

of important elements of Basel III.<br />

Financial stability might better be achieved by focusing<br />

on increasing supervisory capacity and adding<br />

those provisions from the new Basel III framework<br />

that are of higher immediate importance for African<br />

financial systems.<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

Basel II was primarily aimed at “internationally active<br />

banks.” Many developing country supervisors are still<br />

struggling with the core principles, as well as with<br />

problems relating to capacity, independence, legal protection,<br />

and more. To accommodate smaller banks<br />

with less sophisticated risk management systems,<br />

approaches for a simpler and more prescriptive risk<br />

management system similar to Basel II were developed.<br />

However, banks in developing countries will<br />

also be subject to more stringent capital requirements<br />

(with greater reliance on core tier capital), leverage<br />

ratios, and other rules being proposed at the international<br />

level by the BCBS if they choose to implement<br />

Basel III. This should not pose an immediate problem,<br />

as emerging country banks are generally better capitalized<br />

and less leveraged than banks in developed countries,<br />

but these banks will need to build up more<br />

capital in order to meet the growing needs of their<br />

economies, including the demand for credit by <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Emerging country banks will also need to strengthen<br />

their risk governance in line with the more stringent<br />

standards being currently proposed by the BCBS.<br />

Recommendations regarding the implementation of<br />

Basel II in developing countries, with particular reference<br />

to the effects on <strong>SME</strong> development, include: 19<br />

• It is advisable that LDC regulators proceed cautiously<br />

in implementing Basel II.<br />

• Political support may be needed for implementation,<br />

so that LICs do not rush to implement the more<br />

complex approaches, which are favored by the international<br />

banks.<br />

• LIC regulators need to carefully assess the broader<br />

implications of Basel II, for banking stability, for<br />

credit policy, for access to credit for <strong>SME</strong>s, and<br />

on competitiveness of national versus international<br />

banks.<br />

• Higher levels of technical assistance to LICs are<br />

necessary.<br />

• Regional collaboration is desirable, in the mode of<br />

the Caribbean Group of Securities Regulators, allowing<br />

for the possible development of a uniform<br />

approach, and forging a common position on specific<br />

issues.<br />

• Other more detailed recommendations on prudential<br />

regulation and supervision are set out in the 25<br />

Basel Core Principles for Effective Banking<br />

Supervision.<br />

• Capacity problems, issues related to consolidated<br />

supervision, independence of the supervisor, legal<br />

protection for supervisors, and other issues need to<br />

be addressed.<br />

Most of the Basel III measures proposed are of limited<br />

immediate relevance to African banking sectors,<br />

since the weaknesses they address are largely a result<br />

of regulatory philosophies and market practice in<br />

developed markets. Basel III outlines various measures<br />

to raise the quality, consistency, and transparency<br />

of the regulatory capital base, focusing largely<br />

on the definition of Tier 1 capital. In most African<br />

states, bank capital structures are a relatively straightforward<br />

composition of common shares and retained<br />

earnings and thus already fulfill Basel III quality<br />

requirements.<br />

19 Gottschalk, 2007


20 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

C.1.3: ENABLING REGULATORY<br />

FRAMEWORKS FOR ALTERNATIVE <strong>SME</strong><br />

FINANCE PRODUCTS: LEASING, FACTORING<br />

Improvements in access to finance for <strong>SME</strong>s do not<br />

depend on banks alone, as they can be achieved<br />

through a range of non-bank financial institutions<br />

(NBFIs) as well. NBFIs of different types provide a<br />

wide range of services, including: hire purchase<br />

transactions such as leasing of machinery or equipment;<br />

the factoring or discount purchasing of<br />

accounts receivable and other forms of supply chain<br />

finance; and new equity to invest in companies.<br />

Provision through NBFIs can be enhanced by reforming<br />

tax, legal, and regulatory environments, and by<br />

supporting the introduction of technological platforms<br />

that support a wider variety of financial products<br />

and services to be developed, drive down the<br />

costs of financial access, and reach previously<br />

untapped markets.<br />

Factoring is an important source of working capital<br />

finance for <strong>SME</strong>s, especially in jurisdictions where the<br />

financial infrastructure is deficient. Factoring entails<br />

the purchase by the lender of a firm’s accounts receivables<br />

at a discount and, in the case of non-recourse<br />

provisions, the collection of invoices directly from the<br />

parties that owe money. Factoring addresses the problem<br />

of <strong>SME</strong> opacity by focusing on the quality of the<br />

obligor; in effect, a risky supplier can transfer its credit<br />

risk to that of a higher quality buyer. In recent years, a<br />

variation referred to as reverse factoring, or “supplychain<br />

financing,” has become a popular financial<br />

instrument. With reverse factoring, the financial institution<br />

purchases receivables only from high credit<br />

quality buyers rather than a portfolio of all buyers of<br />

specific sellers, resulting in the provision of low-risk<br />

loans to high-risk suppliers (<strong>SME</strong>s). Reverse factoring<br />

is particularly useful for <strong>SME</strong>s in countries with underdeveloped<br />

contract enforcement regimes and weak<br />

credit information systems. 20<br />

Likewise, leasing appears as an important complementary<br />

source of investment finance, particularly in<br />

countries where the information infrastructure is<br />

weak. A potential advantage of leasing lies in the fact<br />

that it focuses on the firm’s ability to generate cash<br />

flows from business operations to service the leasing<br />

payment, rather than on its credit history or ability to<br />

pledge collateral.<br />

Standards, <strong>Guide</strong>line, Good Practices<br />

Leasing:<br />

The IFC provides detailed guidelines for emerging<br />

economies on developing the leasing sector. 21 A legislative<br />

framework for leasing should:<br />

• Clarify rights and responsibilities of the parties to<br />

a lease;<br />

• Remove contradictions within the existing legislation;<br />

• Create non-judicial repossession mechanisms; and<br />

• Ensure only the necessary level of leasing industry<br />

supervision and licensing.<br />

Strengthening the legal framework for leasing can be<br />

achieved through a specialized leasing law combined<br />

with appropriate changes in related pieces of legislation.<br />

Among others, the definition of leasing needs to be clear<br />

and a fair balance established between the rights and<br />

responsibilities of the parties to a lease. It is important to<br />

establish regulations for other forms and types of leasing,<br />

such as sale and lease-back and sub-leasing. In addition, a<br />

leasing law should address the following elements:<br />

• First, the process for registering leased assets should<br />

be strengthened. One of the first priorities entails<br />

the development of registries in which lessors may<br />

publicize their interest in the leased asset and protect<br />

its ownership rights. Ideally, there should be a unified<br />

registry for movable collateral where all security<br />

interests are recorded, with the lessor’s interests in<br />

leased assets recorded.<br />

• Second, repossession procedures may need to be<br />

defined and enforced. The right of the lessor (as owner)<br />

20 Klapper (2005); IFC Board paper on Warehouse Receipt Financing and Supply Chain Financing, 09.09.2010.<br />

21 Fletcher et al., (2005) “Leasing in Development: <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Emerging Economies”, IFC, available at: http://www.ifc.org/ifcext/sme.<br />

nsf/AttachmentsByTitle/Leasing_in_Dev_Nov05.pdf/$FILE/Leasing_in_Dev_Nov05.pdf


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

21<br />

to repossess a leased asset expediently should not<br />

depend on the type of breach committed by the lessee.<br />

• Third, tax rules should be clear and neutral, removing<br />

any bias against leasing. The income tax treatment<br />

of leasing and loans should be similar, as there<br />

is little difference between leasing and loan finance,<br />

and valued added tax rules should clarify that a leasing<br />

operation is a financial service, not the sale of a<br />

good or a rental.<br />

• Fourth, insolvency regimes must clarify the rights<br />

of lessors and lessees under bankruptcy. The consequences<br />

of default should be clearer. In particular,<br />

lessors’ rights under bankruptcy should be preserved,<br />

as lessors are a particular class of secured<br />

lender – leased assets do not belong to the insolvent<br />

company and should be returned to the owner<br />

(the lessor).<br />

The IFC recommends that International Accounting<br />

Standard (IAS) 17, on Leases, is used as a basis for the<br />

definition of local leasing legislation, including<br />

accounting for leases. IAS-17 provides a useful framework<br />

and guidelines for the development of domestic<br />

leasing legislation. While the application of IAS may<br />

not be common to all countries, the adoption of IAS is<br />

a target for most countries. With this in mind, using<br />

IAS-17 as the basis for local leasing legislation, it is possible<br />

to build in a quality standard for that legislation.<br />

IFC also recommends that leasing be classified as an<br />

investment activity and a financial service, because it is<br />

important for leasing to operate on the same level playing<br />

field as other forms of credit.<br />

Supervision of leasing by central bank structures<br />

should be determined based on country-specific factors.<br />

If the lease is financed by an institution that is<br />

already under central bank supervision, supervision by<br />

central bank structures would be prudent. While<br />

establishing minimum capital requirements for leasing<br />

institutions might help weed out inadequately capitalized<br />

leasing companies, this restriction may also<br />

inhibit the development of the leasing industry, particularly<br />

in nascent markets where it may be slow to<br />

develop. Hence, the establishment of obligatory capital<br />

requirements for leasing calls for careful evaluation in<br />

the context of the existing legal and regulatory framework,<br />

as well as other factors.<br />

To increase the volume of lease transactions in LDCs,<br />

IFC Advisory Services has created a leasing program in<br />

Africa designed around three core products that are<br />

provided individually or as part of a package depending<br />

on country needs: i) entry-level advisory services<br />

addressing legislative and regulatory constraints for<br />

leasing, including tax issues at regional and country<br />

level; ii) value added advisory services by partnering<br />

with international experienced leasing technical partners<br />

to provide know how transfer, capacity building,<br />

and financing; and iii) mobilization of investment capital<br />

by addressing the availability of medium- to<br />

Fostering <strong>SME</strong> Lending Through Leasing<br />

Jordan’s Ministry of Industry and Trade, in coordination with IFC, introduced an initiative in 2006 with the objective<br />

to improve the leasing environment in Jordan, and to promote and increase the volume of leasing activities. The<br />

project’s main activities include: (i) provide support to policymakers to draft, lobby, and promote leasing legislation<br />

based on best practices; (ii) build capacity of leasing stakeholders (e.g., FIs, equipment suppliers, investors) through<br />

consultations and training; (iii) increase awareness of benefits of leasing to <strong>SME</strong>s to finance business assets; and, (iv)<br />

promote and facilitate leasing investments.<br />

As a result of the initiative, four laws were introduced: Law on Leasing, Movable Leased Assets Registration<br />

Instructions, and Registration Instructions for Leased Vehicles and Internal Procedures for Land Registration.<br />

Financial leasing has become more favorable and the leasing market has grown substantially.<br />

Source: G20 Stocktaking Report, 2010


22 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

long-term capital to fund leasing operations in the<br />

region by facilitating partnerships between technical<br />

partners and prospective local and international investors<br />

interested in the leasing market.<br />

Factoring:<br />

Can be a powerful tool in providing financing to highrisk,<br />

informationally opaque sellers, which are often<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s. Factoring’s key virtue is that underwriting is<br />

based on the risk of the receivables (i.e., the buyer)<br />

rather than the risk of the seller. Therefore, factoring<br />

may be particularly well suited for financing receivables<br />

from large or foreign firms when those receivables<br />

are obligations of buyers who are more<br />

creditworthy than the sellers themselves. Factoring<br />

can provide important export services to <strong>SME</strong>s in both<br />

developed and developing countries. Like traditional<br />

forms of commercial lending, factoring provides <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

with working capital financing.<br />

Factoring only requires the legal environment to<br />

sell, or assign, receivables and depends relatively<br />

less on the business environment than traditional<br />

lending products. Another merit of factoring in a<br />

weak business environment is that the factored<br />

receivables are removed from the bankruptcy estate<br />

of the seller and become the property of the factor.<br />

In this case, the quality and efficacy of bankruptcy<br />

laws are less important.<br />

However, factoring may still be hampered by weak<br />

contract enforcement institutions and other tax, legal,<br />

and regulatory impediments. For example, factoring<br />

generally requires good historical credit information<br />

on all buyers; if unavailable, the factor takes on a larger<br />

credit risk. In general, a small firm sells its complete<br />

portfolios of receivables in order to diversify its risk to<br />

any one seller. In fact, many factors require sellers to<br />

have a minimum number of customers in order to<br />

reduce the exposure of the factor to any one buyer and<br />

to the seller’s ability to repay from receipts from other<br />

buyers, in the case that a buyer defaults. However, this<br />

diversified portfolio approach requires factors to collect<br />

credit information and calculate the credit risk for<br />

many buyers. In many emerging markets the credit<br />

information bureau is incomplete (i.e., may not include<br />

small firms), or non-bank lenders, such as factors, are<br />

prohibited from joining. In the case of exporters, it<br />

might be prohibitively expensive for the factor to collect<br />

credit information on firms around the world.<br />

Factoring has developed in a variety of legal and regulatory<br />

settings, specific to the individual country in<br />

which the factoring is provided. Points of reference<br />

and guidance for legal reforms to encourage factoring<br />

include the United Nations Commission on<br />

International Trade Law (UNICTRAL), and also the<br />

International Institute for the Unification of Private<br />

Law (UNIDROIT) convention of 1988.<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

Many LDCs face structural obstacles in developing a<br />

leasing industry, including the absence of clearly<br />

defined and predictable laws and regulations governing<br />

leasing transactions, unclear accounting standards,<br />

the lack of an appropriate tax regime, or constrained<br />

funding. Introducing leasing as an alternative source of<br />

equipment finance for enterprises promotes the development<br />

of domestic financial markets and encourages<br />

competition and efficiency for sustainable financial<br />

market growth. It is a relevant product to support<br />

investments in the real and service sectors, and to spur<br />

productivity, profits, jobs, and income.<br />

C.1.4. COMPETITION<br />

Theoretical models of lending and industrial organization<br />

predict that firms’ access to credit depends critically<br />

on bank market structure. The market power view<br />

argues that concentrated and uncompetitive banking<br />

markets are associated with less credit availability and<br />

higher price of credit, while the information view argues<br />

that competitive banking markets can lower credit by<br />

reducing banks’ incentive to invest in acquiring soft<br />

information, a key ingredient in relationship lending.<br />

Recently, a number of papers have questioned this<br />

second view, highlighting that relationship lending is


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

23<br />

Fostering <strong>SME</strong> Lending Through Supply Chain <strong>Finance</strong>:<br />

Nacional Financiera (NAFIN), Mexico<br />

NAFIN is a development bank in Mexico that offers on-line factoring services to <strong>SME</strong> suppliers. In 2001 Nafin developed<br />

a “Productive Chains” program that works by leveraging the links between large corporate buyers and small<br />

suppliers. The program allows small suppliers to use their receivables from big buyers to receive working capital<br />

financing, effectively transferring suppliers’ credit risk to their high-quality customers to access more and cheaper<br />

financing.<br />

Two types of supply chain finance are offered: (i) Factoring offered to <strong>SME</strong>s without any recourse, collateral, or service<br />

fees, at variable risk-adjusted rates; and (ii) Contract Financing, which provides financing up to 50 percent of<br />

confirmed contract orders from big buyers with NAFIN supply chains, with no fees or collateral, and a fixed rate.<br />

Financial training and technical assistance are also offered under the program.<br />

As of mid-2009, the program comprised 455 big buyers (about 51 percent in the private sector) and more than<br />

80,000 <strong>SME</strong>s, and had extended over USD 60 billion in financing. About 20 domestic lenders participate in the program,<br />

including banks and independent finance companies.<br />

Source: G-20 Stocktaking Report, 2010<br />

only one type of technology that banks can use in<br />

lending to <strong>SME</strong>s. 22<br />

Furthermore, a number of recent<br />

empirical papers have found evidence consistent with<br />

the market power view when it comes to the impact of<br />

competition on bank lending to <strong>SME</strong>s. 23<br />

The issue of competition and credit availability matters<br />

to <strong>SME</strong>s in particular, because they are more limited in<br />

terms of the sources of finance available to them. Unlike<br />

large corporations, <strong>SME</strong>s typically do not have access to<br />

the capital markets or to foreign sources of finance.<br />

While in the case of other product and services, competition<br />

is seen as unquestionably beneficial, when it<br />

comes to the financial sector, there can be a trade-off<br />

between competition and stability, and an appropriate<br />

balance must be struck. 24 A sound regulatory framework<br />

is important to minimize these risks. 25<br />

For<br />

example, capital requirements and provision<br />

requirements can slow the growth of lending that<br />

might be motivated by competition, while competition<br />

may generate incentives for excessive lending. A<br />

positive balance can be promoted by imposing disclosure<br />

and information requirements, along with predatory<br />

lending regulation that places the burden of<br />

avoiding bad loans on the lender.<br />

To increase financial access, leaders in this field have<br />

recognized that “policy should encourage competitive<br />

provision of financial services to customers such as<br />

low- and middle-income households and small firms.<br />

<strong>Policy</strong> should favour entry of qualified suppliers that<br />

are likely to improve the quality and price of services<br />

to such customers (in a manner consistent with financial<br />

stability and consumer protection). Competition<br />

policy should empower the active investigation of<br />

anticompetitive behavior.” 26<br />

Effective competition<br />

requires clients to have both the information and the<br />

22 See Berger and Udell (2006), Beck, Demirguc-Kunt, and Martinez Peria (2010), De la Torre, Martinez Peria and Schmukler (2009).<br />

23 Carbo-Valverde, Rodriguez-Fernandez, and Udell (2009), Mercieca, Schaeck, Wolfe (2009).<br />

24 Vives (2010) available at: http://www.voxeu.org/index.php?q=node/5534<br />

25 Beck et al, 2011. A number of recent papers have questioned the negative implications of competition for stability. See Koskela and<br />

Stenbacka (2000), Beck, Demirguc-Kunt and Maksimovic (2004), Beck, Demirguc-Kunt, and Levine (2006), Cetorelli and Strahan<br />

(2006), Carletti, Hartmann, and Spagnolo (2007), Schaeck and Cihak (2008).<br />

26 Claessens, Honohan and Rojas-Suarez (2009).


24 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

skills to compare rates and product attributes, one of<br />

the many reasons that developing financial capability<br />

is so critical. Examples of the positive effects of competition<br />

include better terms for borrowers, e.g., reduced<br />

interest rates and expanded services. Examples of the<br />

negative effects of competition in poorly regulated and<br />

supervised financial markets abound. 27<br />

Standards, Best Practices, and Examples<br />

An effective legal and regulatory framework will support<br />

a competitive environment by avoiding overly<br />

restrictive licensing requirements and allowing international<br />

and regional banks with better <strong>SME</strong> lending<br />

technologies and downscaling capacity to enter the<br />

market. It will also enable the growth of institutions<br />

that have proved profitable, such as mutual banks, and<br />

promote the development of alternative lending technologies<br />

such as leasing and factoring. Finally, an<br />

effective legal framework promotes the development<br />

of securities markets and institutional investors as an<br />

alternative to bank lending for the largest firms, thus<br />

producing positive spill-over effects to <strong>SME</strong> lending.<br />

Competition among financial sector players can be<br />

promoted further by introducing technological platforms<br />

in key areas, facilitating a variety of financial<br />

products and services, driving down the costs of financial<br />

access, and reaching previously untapped markets.<br />

A competitive marketplace for <strong>SME</strong> finance should<br />

include financial institutions as well as non-financial<br />

institutional providers with extensive business networks<br />

meeting appropriate criteria.<br />

Of course, competition should not be introduced at the<br />

expense of prudential safeguards. Minimum capital<br />

requirements, adequate fit and proper tests, and other<br />

regulations would still apply. Moreover, banks in<br />

Example: Banking Sector Competition and Access to <strong>Finance</strong> in the Middle East and<br />

North Africa (MENA)<br />

World Bank research suggests that the banking sector in the MENA region has a relatively low level of competition,<br />

due to a poor credit information environment combined with strict regulations and practices governing bank entry.<br />

Thus, measures to promote competition in MENA should focus on creating a more contestable market for banking<br />

and on improving the scope, access, and quality of credit information among banks. In addition, the promotion of<br />

stock markets and other non-bank financial intermediaries could help to promote a more competitive banking sector.<br />

Improving competition in the MENA region may require a package of reforms, including relaxing licensing requirements<br />

and procedures without sacrificing the quality of entrants, improving financial infrastructure, and developing<br />

alternatives to bank lending. For example, more effective credit information systems would level the playing field<br />

between large and small banks (including new foreign banks) and allow these banks to expand more rapidly. Likewise,<br />

the existence of leasing and factoring providing alternative finance to <strong>SME</strong>s, and institutional investors (mutual funds,<br />

insurance companies) providing the investor base for corporate issues, would increase competitive pressures on all<br />

segments of credit markets. 28<br />

The high loan concentration in MENA also reflects many cases of long-established connections between large banks<br />

(including state banks and family-controlled private banks) and industrial groups. Such lending frequently entails<br />

large exposures and connected lending that may not have been well-regulated and supervised. Therefore, a stricter<br />

approach to regulation and supervision of large exposures and connected lending would need to be included in a<br />

package designed to reduce loan concentration and improve competition.<br />

27 G20 Financial Inclusion Experts Group—ATISG Report.<br />

28 Rocha et al, “Financial Access and Stability: A Roadmap for the Middle East and North Africa”, 2011, World Bank


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

25<br />

Best Practice: Coherence between competition policy and regulatory policy<br />

Close collaboration is recommended between the regulator (in charge of financial stability and prudential regulation<br />

and supervision) and the competition authority (in charge of keeping the market competitive).<br />

• •First, regulatory requirements and competition policy need to be coordinated.<br />

• •Second, a protocol for cooperation between the regulator and the competition authority should be developed.<br />

This is particularly important in crises. The competition authority can commit to addressing too-big-to-fail problems<br />

that lead to competition distortions; the regulator can address the too-big-to-fail issue and moral hazard through<br />

systemic capital charges, effective resolution procedures, and restrictions on the scope of banking activities that<br />

target conflicts of interest.<br />

• •Finally, crisis procedures should be established that define liquidity help from recapitalization and conditions for<br />

restructuring to avoid competitive distortions. Entities close to insolvency should be tightly regulated (and activities<br />

restricted) in a framework permitting prompt corrective action.”<br />

Source: Vives (2010)<br />

developing countries will also be subject to more stringent<br />

capital requirements (with greater reliance on<br />

core tier capital), leverage ratios, and other rules being<br />

proposed at the international level by the BCBS. This<br />

should not pose an immediate problem, as emerging<br />

country banks are generally better capitalized and less<br />

leveraged than banks in developed countries, but these<br />

banks will need to build up more capital in order to<br />

meet the growing needs of their economies, including<br />

the demand for credit by <strong>SME</strong>s. Emerging country<br />

banks will also need to strengthen their risk governance<br />

in line with the more stringent standards being<br />

currently proposed by the BCBS.<br />

Financial sector liberalization and banking regulations<br />

that allow the entry of sound and efficient banks<br />

(both foreign and domestic) and promote market<br />

competition may reduce margins and interest rate<br />

spreads. Such changes may also promote dynamism<br />

within the banking sector, as providers facing tough<br />

competition from new entrants seek new markets,<br />

and can further encourage local banks to look beyond<br />

traditional business lines, incentivizing them to<br />

develop <strong>SME</strong> banking. At a national level, openness to<br />

foreign banks may serve to increase access to capital,<br />

although it may also increase the risk of contagion<br />

from financial crises originating elsewhere, thus<br />

reinforcing the need for a sound regulatory<br />

framework. The 1989 World Development Report<br />

provides a summary of sequencing strategies that<br />

should be followed in liberalizing financial sectors,<br />

in order to minimize the risk of instability.<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

In smaller and/or lower income countries, policymakers<br />

seeking to stimulate greater competition may only<br />

have access to a limited range of effective tools.<br />

Research on competition that targets developed countries<br />

suggests that a liberal entry policy vis-à-vis reputable<br />

financial service providers can help. Also of use<br />

are transparency of product pricing and the compulsory<br />

sharing of credit information, and rules about<br />

network access and interoperability of networks in the<br />

retail payments system. However, the latter may not be<br />

fully effective, since the applicability to developing<br />

countries of lessons learned in advanced economies is<br />

not straightforward.<br />

C.2. Financial Infrastructure<br />

Financial infrastructure as defined here includes<br />

accounting and auditing standards, credit reporting<br />

systems (credit registries and bureaus), collateral and<br />

insolvency regimes, and payments and settlement<br />

system. Financial infrastructure reduces the


26 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

information asymmetries and legal uncertainties that<br />

increase risk to lenders and constrain the supply of<br />

finance. Financial infrastructure development improves<br />

financial access for all firms, but <strong>SME</strong>s benefit proportionately<br />

more, as the problems of opacity and information<br />

asymmetry are more severe in the case of<br />

smaller firms.<br />

Establishing a solid financial infrastructure (auditing<br />

and accounting standards, credit registries/ bureaus,<br />

collateral, and insolvency regimes) should be a priority<br />

in the financial development agenda of most developing<br />

countries, as it can lower the costs and risks to<br />

financial institutions of serving <strong>SME</strong>s, open the way for<br />

more modern and efficient lending techniques, and<br />

expand the proportion of <strong>SME</strong>s that can viably be<br />

served. A sound financial information infrastructure<br />

should improve transparency and disclosure for <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

in a cost-effective way, and help <strong>SME</strong>s build a credit<br />

history, which is critical in helping to address both<br />

challenges of information asymmetry and cost to serve.<br />

C.2.1. SECURED TRANSACTIONS<br />

Creditor protection through modern secured lending<br />

legal regimes is associated with higher ratios of private<br />

sector credit to GDP. 29<br />

Collateral and credit information<br />

are critical elements of a functioning credit<br />

system. The lack of these elements creates information<br />

asymmetry and a risk premium for borrowers who<br />

want to access credit. Moral hazard and adverse selection<br />

will be reduced if collateral frameworks are<br />

improved. Increasing the protection of creditors and<br />

debtor’s rights and enforcement mechanisms can lead<br />

to a considerable increase in private sector credit to<br />

GDP and lowers NPLs. 30<br />

Effective collateral regimes<br />

contribute to <strong>SME</strong> finance by reducing the risks and<br />

losses of lenders. As in the case of credit bureaus,<br />

effective collateral regimes improve access to finance<br />

for all firms, but can prove particularly effective in<br />

improving access to <strong>SME</strong>s. In countries with strong<br />

secured transactions regimes, asset-based lending<br />

technologies are facilitated. 31<br />

Typically, <strong>SME</strong>s have limited immovable assets but possess<br />

a wider range of movable assets. An effective secured<br />

transactions regime facilitates lending by using the available<br />

movable assets as collateral in loan contracts. Firmlevel<br />

data from around the world highlights the mismatch<br />

between the assets that firms hold and the assets that most<br />

banks accept as collateral. 32 The value of movable property<br />

generally makes up three-quarters of firms’ total asset portfolios<br />

and yet, on average, banks predominantly accept only<br />

land and buildings as their main form of collateral (Figure<br />

2). Secured transactions laws and regulations, if formulated<br />

and implemented correctly, increase use of credit (via<br />

increased demand) by broadening the range of assets<br />

acceptable as collateral to banks to include both present<br />

and future assets (future crops or future receivables), tangible<br />

(equipment, vehicles, inventory, commodities, livestock,<br />

etc.) and intangible (accounts receivable, negotiable<br />

instruments, shares, intellectual property rights, etc.).<br />

Standards, <strong>Guide</strong>lines, Good Practice<br />

Modern principles of secured transactions systems<br />

have been established by the international community<br />

in the UNCITRAL Legislative <strong>Guide</strong> for Secured<br />

Transactions. 33 The recommendations of the Legislative<br />

<strong>Guide</strong>, as of this writing, constitute the most widely<br />

accepted international standards in this area.<br />

To create a modern secured transactions system, in<br />

line with internationally accepted standards, the following<br />

elements and principles of secured transactions<br />

reform should be emphasized: 34<br />

29 2005, Djankov et al<br />

30 See “Private Credit in 129 Countries”, Simeon Djankov, Caralee McLiesh and Andrei Schleifer, 2006.<br />

31 Berger, Allen N., Gregory F. Udell. 2006. “A more complete conceptual framework for <strong>SME</strong> finance”. World Bank. Available at http://<br />

siteresources.worldbank.org/INTFR/Resources/475459-1107891190953/661910-1108584820141/Financing_Framework_berger_udell.pdf<br />

32 de la Campa, 2010<br />

33 The World Bank Group has also endorsed the UNCITRAL international standards on secured transactions as reflected in both the<br />

“World Bank Principles and <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Insolvency and Creditor Rights Systems (revised 2005)” and the IFC <strong>Guide</strong> on “Secured<br />

Transactions and Collateral Registries” (2010)<br />

34 Alvarez de la Campa, 2010


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

27<br />

Figure 2 Mismatch Between Firm Assets and Collateral Requirements:<br />

By composition of assets held<br />

by firm<br />

By composition of assets banks accept<br />

as collateral<br />

Machinery<br />

Land and<br />

Buildings<br />

Machinery<br />

Accounts<br />

Receivable<br />

Accounts<br />

Receivable<br />

Land and<br />

Buildings<br />

Source: World Bank Group Enterprise Surveys, average from 60 countries.<br />

• Creating unitary legal systems vs. fragmented laws. Creating or<br />

drafting a stand-alone law to regulate all aspects of<br />

security interests in movable property (secured transactions<br />

or personal property law) is considerably more<br />

efficient and creates less conflicts and uncertainty than<br />

revising existing provisions in multiple laws (commercial<br />

code, civil code, chattel mortgage law, etc.).<br />

• Establishing a broad scope of secured transactions law. This can<br />

be accomplished by:<br />

• Allowing all types of assets (both tangible and<br />

intangible, present and future) to be used as collateral<br />

for loans;<br />

• Allowing broad pools of assets (revolving assets)<br />

with a generic description of the assets to be<br />

accepted as collateral to facilitate the use of credit<br />

revolving facilities;<br />

• Adopting the “functional approach” to secured<br />

transactions, which should allow equal treatment<br />

to all transactions secured by movable property no<br />

matter what their contractual nature (financial<br />

leases, consignments, assignment of receivables,<br />

secured sales contracts, loans secured with movable<br />

property, retention of title, etc.) with regard to<br />

publicity and priority vis a vis third parties; and<br />

• Allowing the automatic extension of the security<br />

interests to products and proceeds of the collateral<br />

to protect the value of the security interest.<br />

• Simplifying the creation of security interests in movable property.<br />

This involves eliminating cumbersome and<br />

unnecessary formalities for the creation and enforceability<br />

of security interests in movable property.<br />

• Modernizing movable collateral registries. The collateral registry<br />

is the cornerstone of a functioning and efficient<br />

secured transactions system. The registry fulfills an<br />

essential function of the system, which is to notify<br />

parties about the existence of a security interest in<br />

movable property (existing liens) and to establish the<br />

priority of creditors vis a vis third parties. Best practice<br />

elements of a modern collateral registry include:<br />

• Single data source (centralized) registry for all<br />

security interests, including non-consensual liens;<br />

• Web-based electronic system accessible 24/7;<br />

• Notice-based system, meaning that only information<br />

about the creditor, the debtor (who can be<br />

both a legal or natural person), the collateral, and<br />

the amount of the obligation/loan needs to be<br />

entered, without the need of any documentation<br />

sustaining that information;<br />

• Registrations to be done by creditors or their legal<br />

representatives directly into the system;<br />

• Information available to the general public for<br />

searches;<br />

• Search criteria that includes, at least, debtor identifier<br />

and serial numbered collateral;


28 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

• Flat and reasonable fees for registrations and<br />

searches;<br />

• Registrar role limited to management, not to<br />

verify and modify information in the registry<br />

• Non-cash payments (debit/credit cards, electronic<br />

transfers, or pre-paid accounts);<br />

• Clearly defined liability of the registry for errors;<br />

and<br />

• Secured and protected registry data, with established<br />

disaster recovery sites.<br />

• Establishing clear priority schemes for creditors. A clear priority<br />

scheme is key to determine the sequence in<br />

which competing claims to the collateral will be satisfied<br />

when the debtor defaults on one or more of<br />

the claims.<br />

• Improving enforcement mechanisms. Enforcement and collection<br />

of debts upon defaulted loans is a major<br />

impediment for increasing access to credit. Speedy,<br />

effective, and inexpensive enforcement mechanisms<br />

are essential to realizing security interests. Enforcement<br />

is most effective when parties can agree on rights and<br />

remedies upon default, including seizure and sale of<br />

the collateral outside the judicial process.<br />

A collateral regime designed to facilitate increased<br />

access to finance for <strong>SME</strong>s is likely to include:<br />

• A wide range of allowable collaterals (especially<br />

movable collateral);<br />

• The establishment of clear priority schemes for creditors,<br />

clarifying the rights of secured creditors;<br />

• Efficient collateral registries, making priority interests<br />

publicly known; and<br />

• Effective enforcement of collateral in the case of<br />

default (both seizure and disposition).<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

The main challenges that LDCs face are: (i) lack of<br />

appropriate secured lending legal and regulatory<br />

frameworks; (ii) weak institutional capacity to manage<br />

a modern collateral registry system; (iii) limited<br />

knowledge on the importance of having solid secured<br />

Unleashing the Potential of Movable Assets as Collateral:<br />

the Cases of China and Mexico<br />

China - In 2005, China embarked upon a reform of its movable collateral framework to encourage financing against<br />

valuable movable assets. Before the reform, use of movable collateral, especially intangible collateral such as<br />

accounts receivable, under Chinese law was a key constraint for <strong>SME</strong> financing, as bank lending was largely based on<br />

real estate collateral, which <strong>SME</strong>s typically do not possess. The reform model had three phases: development of the<br />

property law; creation of an electronic registry for accounts receivable and leases; and training of lenders to use<br />

movable assets as a basis for lending. Following China’s reform of a movable collateral framework and establishment<br />

of the receivables registry, <strong>SME</strong>s can now use a wider range of assets, such receivables, as a basis for borrowing. In<br />

the three years (2008-2011) of operation of the new system, lenders have granted more than US$ 1.5 trillion in loans<br />

secured with receivables to more than 100,000 businesses, more than half of them <strong>SME</strong>s. The reform of the systems<br />

has also led to the development of the leasing and factoring industries, which have grown substantially over the same<br />

time period.<br />

Mexico - Mexico has progressively introduced reforms in its secured transactions legal system over the past few years.<br />

But the reform that transformed the lending scenario for <strong>SME</strong>s was the creation of a nationwide movable collateral<br />

registry in October 2010. With the new registry, the number of loans to businesses has increased by a factor of four,<br />

to around 23,000 in June of 2011. These 23,000 loans have generated more than US$70 billion in financing to businesses,<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s accounting for more than 90 percent of the firms receiving those loans. The reform has also led to a<br />

cumulative estimated saving for borrowers of US$ 1.3 billion in registration fees associated to the registration of the<br />

security interest in the previous system. About half of the loans granted have gone to agri-businesses and farmers.<br />

Source: G20 Stocktaking Report, 2010; de la Campa, 2010.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

29<br />

transactions and collateral regimes to promote access<br />

to credit; (iv) limited knowledge and/or appetite of<br />

financial institutions to offer movable assets based<br />

lending products; and (v) weak judicial systems,<br />

making enforcement of security interest an extremely<br />

challenging process.<br />

Based on these challenges, these countries should<br />

emphasize the following in their priorities of intervention<br />

and reform approach:<br />

(i) Creating awareness among the public and private<br />

sectors about the importance of solid, secured<br />

transactions and collateral regimes;<br />

(ii) Development of simple laws and regulations<br />

based on best practice principles, taking into<br />

account the local context and sophistication of<br />

the financial sector;<br />

(iii) Development of modern registries that are sustainable<br />

and cost effective according to the local capacity<br />

to maintain the operations of the registry;<br />

(iv) Strong focus on capacity and training of stakeholders<br />

on the reform, along with user training<br />

that focuses on financial sector and business<br />

community);<br />

(v) Development of out-of-court enforcement mechanisms<br />

and capacity building programs for judges<br />

and enforcement officers on different enforcement<br />

mechanisms for security interests.<br />

C.2.2. INSOLVENCY REGIMES<br />

Bankruptcy regimes regulate the efficient exiting of<br />

the market, and make the resolution of multiple creditors’<br />

conflicting claims more orderly, resulting in more<br />

extensive opportunities for recovery by both the bankrupt<br />

entity and its creditors. Stronger creditor rights<br />

improve access to finance. Countries with stronger<br />

creditor rights tend to have a higher number of loan<br />

accounts per adult population and also higher rates of<br />

private credit to GDP. 35<br />

Insolvency frameworks in many countries possess significant<br />

legal gaps that leave them poorly suited to<br />

dealing with <strong>SME</strong>s effectively. <strong>SME</strong>s can be divided<br />

into two broad categories: corporates and non-corporates.<br />

Under most legal systems, corporates effectively<br />

limit the liability of shareholders to the amounts of<br />

their capital contributions to the business and, absent<br />

fraud or other mitigating circumstances, do not<br />

extend that liability to the ordinary debts of the business.<br />

Non-corporates, by contrast, do not possess a<br />

distinct legal identity from their shareholders and, as<br />

such, the debts of the business are the debts of the<br />

individual shareholders.<br />

Although the trend in insolvency reform has been<br />

towards the creation of a single, unified insolvency act<br />

that deals with all legal forms, most countries have not<br />

undertaken such reforms. Most legal systems either<br />

have severely outdated insolvency law provisions or<br />

have modern insolvency frameworks contained in<br />

companies acts that either do not apply to non-corporates<br />

and or include outdated or nonexistent personal<br />

insolvency provisions.<br />

Standards, <strong>Guide</strong>lines, Good Practice<br />

A modern framework for <strong>SME</strong> insolvency will start<br />

with legislation for corporate <strong>SME</strong>s that will include<br />

“fast-track” and expedited bankruptcy provisions in<br />

unified or corporate bankruptcy laws. Additional<br />

frameworks for dispute resolution, such as mediation,<br />

might also be included to help improve efficiency. For<br />

the vast majority that are non-corporate, however, this<br />

will involve entirely new legal frameworks for personal<br />

insolvency or updates to personal insolvency legislation.<br />

Legislation on personal/<strong>SME</strong> insolvency<br />

should provide for:<br />

• A clear and transparent process by which entrepreneurs<br />

can seek to rescue their troubled businesses<br />

(including stays of proceedings and methods for<br />

making proposals to creditors for plans of<br />

arrangement);<br />

• A clear method for liquidating the business should<br />

the business fail, repaying creditors in a timely<br />

manner, and discharging the remaining debts;<br />

35 Djankov, McLiesh and Shleifer (2005)


30 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

• Clear protections for creditors, including lifetime<br />

limits on the number of times an individual entrepreneur<br />

can go bankrupt and punishments for<br />

fraudulent behavior; and<br />

• Equilibrium between debtor and creditor protection.<br />

The World Bank’s The Principles for Effective Insolvency and<br />

Creditor Rights Systems (the Principles) are a distillation of<br />

international best practices regarding design aspects of<br />

these systems, emphasizing contextual, integrated<br />

solutions and the policy choices involved in developing<br />

those solutions. 36<br />

Assessments using the Principles<br />

have been instrumental to the World Bank’s developmental<br />

and operational work and in providing assistance<br />

to member countries. These assessments have<br />

yielded a wealth of experience and enabled the World<br />

Bank to test the sufficiency of the Principles as a flexible<br />

benchmark in a wide range of country systems.<br />

The Principles address the following topics: legal framework<br />

for credit rights; risk management and corporate<br />

workout; legal framework for insolvency; and implementation<br />

of institutional and regulatory frameworks.<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

Creditor rights, measuring the strength of the collateral<br />

and insolvency regimes, are relatively strong in<br />

the OECD and in Eastern Europe and Central Asia<br />

(ECA), but weaker in other regions, especially in<br />

MENA, Africa, and South Asia. In these regions, policy<br />

Insolvency regimes for non-corporate actors<br />

For non-corporate <strong>SME</strong>s, the absence of a personal or “merchant” insolvency framework leaves the <strong>SME</strong> exposed on<br />

at least three fronts:<br />

1. <strong>SME</strong>s that are fundamentally viable but find themselves in short-term liquidity crises have no safety valve for business<br />

distress. Where the legal framework is absent, the <strong>SME</strong> cannot seek temporary protection from its creditors, cannot<br />

propose a plan of reorganization, and cannot compromise debts in order to achieve greater returns to all creditors.<br />

2. The absence of an efficient, orderly, and transparent liquidation process to repay creditors and return productive<br />

assets into the economy as quickly as possible also leaves <strong>SME</strong>s vulnerable.<br />

3. Where the legal framework is absent, individual owners of <strong>SME</strong>s cannot obtain discharge from the <strong>SME</strong>s’ debt.<br />

When an <strong>SME</strong> fails, its outstanding obligations will be the obligations of the individual entrepreneur, in perpetuity,<br />

unless specifically forgiven by creditors.<br />

The absence of these effective exit mechanisms inhibits entrepreneurship, limits the entry of <strong>SME</strong>s into the market,<br />

and imperils the ability of creditors to be repaid. Not only are productive <strong>SME</strong> assets locked in a legal limbo for a<br />

longer period of time, delaying creditor repayment, but the absence of a debt discharge effectively inhibits the entrepreneur<br />

from re-entering the marketplace. Studies have tested the hypothesis that personal bankruptcy regimes<br />

stimulate entrepreneurship. They demonstrate that bankruptcy laws have the most statistically and economically<br />

significant effect on levels of self-employment across countries, and that more forgiving bankruptcy systems increase<br />

the supply of entrepreneurs. Four dimensions are considered in assessing how forgiving a bankruptcy regime is:<br />

(i) Availability of discharge (the release of outstanding debts owed by the debtor after liquidation of available assets)<br />

and time to discharge;<br />

(ii) Exemptions;<br />

(iii) Restrictions on debtor’s rights during bankruptcy; and<br />

(iv) Difficulty in reaching an agreement with creditors.<br />

Source: Uttamchandani, Menezes (2010)<br />

36 For more details, please see: http://www.wds.worldbank.org/external/default/WDSContentServer/WDSP/IB/2009/04/20/00033495<br />

_20090420051400/Rendered/PDF/481660WP0FINAL10Box338887B01PUBLIC1.pdf (as seen on May 17, 2011)


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

31<br />

interventions that strengthen the financial information<br />

infrastructure have the potential to expand <strong>SME</strong> financial<br />

access by reducing information asymmetries<br />

between <strong>SME</strong>s and financial institutions and by facilitating<br />

the use of various lending technologies.<br />

In most LDCs, the vast majority of insolvency cases<br />

will result in the liquidation of the troubled enterprise,<br />

due in part to the relatively low value of <strong>SME</strong>s in<br />

LDCs, which in turn reduces the incentive to restructure<br />

failing businesses. The prevalence of liquidation<br />

necessitates that one of the first orders of business in<br />

LDCs is the development of clear, predictable rules<br />

and processes to be followed when a debtor cannot<br />

repay its creditors, in order to foster greater confidence<br />

amongst potential lenders. These rules should<br />

address, inter alia, the financial conditions under<br />

which an insolvency process will be started with<br />

respect to a borrower, the process for liquidating<br />

assets to repay creditors, the role that creditors play in<br />

the liquidation process and in controlling the overall<br />

insolvency process, and the order of priority for distributing<br />

proceeds.<br />

A built-in constraint to the improvement of insolvency<br />

processes in LDCs can be weak court capacity. Since<br />

insolvency cases often require urgent treatment by the<br />

courts, the ability of courts in LDCs to hear cases<br />

quickly and render decisions based on commercial<br />

analysis and predictable legal principles will serve as a<br />

hard constraint to the overall improvement of the<br />

insolvency system. As such, tackling the issue of court<br />

competency, particularly as regards the ability of judges<br />

to deal with commercial issues in a practical and timely<br />

manner, is critical. At the same time, finding ways to<br />

reduce the dependence upon courts for the resolution<br />

of insolvency cases will likely increase both recoveries<br />

by creditors and the number of distressed businesses<br />

that are able to successfully reorganize and continue as<br />

going concerns. In these regions, policy interventions<br />

that strengthen the financial information infrastructure<br />

Example: Insolvency regime (Colombia)<br />

In 1999, as Colombia was in the midst of a financial<br />

crisis and facing a backlog of failing businesses entering<br />

a very inefficient bankruptcy process, the country<br />

undertook a reform of its bankruptcy code. This law,<br />

known as Law 550, streamlined the reorganization process<br />

by establishing shorter statutory deadlines for<br />

reorganization plans, reducing opportunities for appeal<br />

by debtors, and requiring mandatory liquidation in<br />

cases of failed negotiations. The pre-reform reorganization<br />

process was so inefficient that it failed to separate<br />

economically viable firms from inefficient ones.<br />

Once it was reformed, the country’s insolvency system<br />

managed to separate viable from nonviable enterprises,<br />

allowing the former to restructure and liquidating<br />

the latter. By substantially lowering reorganization<br />

costs, the reform improved the selection of viable firms<br />

into reorganization, and increased the efficiency of the<br />

bankruptcy system.<br />

Source: Giné and Love (2006) 37<br />

have the potential to expand <strong>SME</strong> financial access by<br />

reducing information asymmetries between <strong>SME</strong>s and<br />

financial institutions and by facilitating the use of various<br />

lending technologies.<br />

C.2.3: CREDIT INFORMATION SYSTEMS<br />

Credit reporting systems help satisfy lenders’ need for<br />

accurate, credible information that reduces the risk of<br />

lending and the cost of loan losses by providing a reliable<br />

indication of whether an applicant will repay a<br />

loan. Research indicates that bank lending is higher<br />

and credit risk is lower in countries where lenders<br />

share information, regardless of the private or public<br />

nature of the information-sharing mechanism. Wellfunctioning<br />

credit reporting systems reduce adverse<br />

selection and moral hazard, and can contribute to both<br />

an expansion of credit and a reduction in lending costs<br />

by facilitating the adoption of lending technologies<br />

based on credit scoring models. The development of<br />

37 For further information, see Giné, Xavier and Love, Inessa, Do Reorganization Costs Matter for Efficiency? Evidence from a Bankruptcy<br />

Reform in Colombia (2006). World Bank <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper No. 3970; available at http://siteresources.worldbank.org/DEC/<br />

Resources/Do_Reorganization_Costs_Matter_for_Efficiency-8Jul09.pdf


32 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

credit registries and bureaus is particularly important<br />

for smaller firms, given the more severe problems of<br />

information opacity and asymmetry in these cases.<br />

Credit reporting systems comprise Public Credit<br />

Registries (PCRs) and Private Credit Bureaus (PCBs),<br />

and play two key functions in a financial system: they<br />

support banking supervision, and they promote access<br />

to finance by reducing risks for lenders. Supervisors<br />

make use of credit reporting systems to predict bank<br />

portfolio performance. Lenders make use of credit<br />

reporting systems to screen potential borrowers and<br />

monitor their performance. In the absence of solid<br />

credit information, lenders adopt defensive positions,<br />

requiring substantial collateral, increasing interest<br />

rates, or rationing credit altogether, thereby hindering<br />

the growth of segments like <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Assessing borrower creditworthiness is a major part of<br />

the cost of assessing a loan, therefore an effective credit<br />

reporting system can also reduce a lender’s operating<br />

costs substantially. These cost savings dramatically<br />

reduce the size at which a loan becomes profitable,<br />

thereby improving access to credit for small borrowers.<br />

Credit reporting systems may also facilitate noncollateralized<br />

lending by providing sufficient<br />

information about a borrower’s credit repayment history<br />

to offset, or reduce, the need for physical collateral.<br />

PCBs that incorporate “positive” credit history<br />

data have proven to be a valuable tool in the prevention<br />

of over-indebtedness. Without such information, lenders<br />

find it difficult to evaluate the total level of existing<br />

indebtedness that an individual or business has when<br />

they make an application for a new facility, often<br />

resulting in some individuals receiving too much<br />

credit that ultimately they cannot service – the 2002<br />

credit card crunch in Korea is an excellent example of<br />

the dangers of rapid credit expansion without access to<br />

detailed credit history information 38 .<br />

A public credit registry is a repository of data collected<br />

by the central bank or other financial regulator<br />

that incorporates information from banks and regulated<br />

financial institutions primarily for the purposes<br />

of offsite supervision. Over time, however, many<br />

PCRs have evolved into becoming information providers<br />

as well as supervisors by returning the collected<br />

data back to lenders in the form of basic credit<br />

reports. The provision of data to a PCR is almost<br />

always a mandatory requirement for regulated financial<br />

institutions. Such systems have the advantage of<br />

being able to compel banks to provide data that they<br />

may otherwise not wish to share. These systems are<br />

typically limited in scope and data coverage, and<br />

seldom collect information from outside the regulated<br />

banking sector.<br />

A private credit bureau is an organization that collates<br />

data from a broad range of financial institutions (banks,<br />

non-bank financial institutions, utility companies, telecoms,<br />

etc.), then distributes it back to participating<br />

members through a common information-sharing<br />

mechanism (e.g., Experian, Equifax, Trans Union, CRIF,<br />

etc.). Lenders provide information about their clients to<br />

the credit bureau, including details of the loan and its<br />

repayment, on a voluntary reciprocal basis. These businesses<br />

also market a suite of value added products, such<br />

as credit scoring solutions, fraud prevention services,<br />

software applications, and consultancy services. PCBs,<br />

therefore, typically have a far greater coverage of the<br />

financially active market and provide a greater range of<br />

products and services than can be offered through a<br />

PCR. However, in some markets PCBs suffer from the<br />

voluntary nature of the data submission. For example,<br />

in emerging markets there is often considerable resistance<br />

from lenders to participate in PCBs on the grounds<br />

of competition and data security.<br />

A third category of credit information service providers,<br />

Commercial Credit Bureaus (e.g., Dun and<br />

Bradstreet), cater to the needs of lenders, insurers, and<br />

business-to-business enterprises. Commercial credit<br />

bureaus fill a gap in the market that neither the PCRs<br />

nor PCBs have successfully serviced. The business<br />

38 See Kang and Ma “Credit Card lending distress in Korea in 2003”, available at http://www.bis.org/publ/bppdf/bispap46k.pdf


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

33<br />

model is similar to that of the PCBs, but commercial<br />

credit bureaus also undertake more detailed investigative<br />

assessments of larger businesses. Like PCBs, they<br />

operate on a voluntary data submission basis but<br />

seldom seek reciprocity. The importance of this group<br />

of information service providers has been highlighted<br />

in recent times by the increasing demands of lenders<br />

for more information on <strong>SME</strong> businesses. A large<br />

number of <strong>SME</strong>s have never borrowed from the formal<br />

banking sector and therefore have no track record in<br />

either the PCR or PCB, although small businesses borrowing<br />

in the name of the entrepreneur rather than in<br />

the business name can often be found in these databases.<br />

Many of these <strong>SME</strong>s do, however, make regular<br />

use of trade credit, details of which can, typically, only<br />

be sourced through commercial credit bureaus. This<br />

history of trade credit is considered to be a key component<br />

in improving the risk assessment tools (scoring)<br />

for small businesses.<br />

Credit Scoring is a statistical method of evaluating the<br />

probability of a prospective borrower to fulfill its<br />

financial obligations associated with a loan. The predictive<br />

value of credit scores is generally higher than<br />

that of assessments derived from credit histories alone,<br />

especially when applied to an identified and homogeneous<br />

group of borrowers or with regard to a specific<br />

product. Initially, credit scores were applied to individuals.<br />

However, the use of credit scoring techniques<br />

has come to be extended to other borrowers, including<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Standards, <strong>Guide</strong>lines, Good Practices<br />

A key task is to consider measures ensuring that the<br />

credit reporting service providers collect sufficient, relevant,<br />

and usable data. Mandatory data collection and<br />

data access can help promote the rapid build-up of coverage<br />

and, with appropriate oversight, facilitate a more<br />

reliable database. Credit reporting systems are most<br />

effective when their data are electronically accessible,<br />

available in real time, and based on credit information<br />

that is current and easy to process. In a developing<br />

country context, where the information environment<br />

Success Factors<br />

A credit registry or bureau will be more effective to the<br />

extent that it:<br />

• collects all relevant information, including both positive<br />

and negative information from regulated and nonregulated<br />

institutions (e.g., utilities, retailers);<br />

• processes information in a safe and reliable manner<br />

keeping information accurate, updated, and complete;<br />

• builds credit histories and other additional value added<br />

services for a large number of potential borrowers; and<br />

• processes comprehensive credit reports in a timely and<br />

cost-effective manner.<br />

In the G20 Stocktaking Report, success factors mentioned<br />

by credit bureau cases share similar trends,<br />

including:<br />

(i) an active exchange between the agencies that<br />

collect data and the suppliers to maintain an updated<br />

database;<br />

(ii) the use of non-traditional data sources to assess a<br />

company’s credit risk; and<br />

(iii) increasing or recurring use of the database by the<br />

financial sector.<br />

Source: G-20 Stocktaking Report, 2010<br />

is particularly weak, there is a need to start collecting<br />

information from all relevant players inside and outside<br />

the financial services industry, including microfinance<br />

institutions, banks, non-bank financial institutions,<br />

utilities, and retailers. Credit bureaus should be encouraged<br />

to provide additional services, such as credit<br />

scores. Finally, credit reporting service providers should<br />

be able to effectively identify borrowers, which may<br />

necessitate inter-governmental cooperation in order to<br />

allow access to public record data.<br />

The legal and regulatory framework should be clear,<br />

predictable, non-discriminatory, proportionate, and<br />

supportive of consumer rights. Regulatory measures<br />

should be flexible and dynamic enough to allow adjustments<br />

to changes in the credit reporting area. Some of<br />

the key elements that should be included in a credit


34 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

reporting legal and regulatory framework are: (i)<br />

clearly established scope of data and type of data contribution;<br />

(ii) inclusion of all relevant and available<br />

data (positive and negative data related to individuals<br />

and to businesses); (iii) participation of non-regulated<br />

entities; (iv) responsibilities and liabilities of each participant;<br />

(v) data that is detailed at the account level;<br />

(vi) historical data; (vii) consumers’ rights, such as the<br />

right to object to their information being collected, the<br />

right to be informed, the right to access data, and the<br />

right to challenge data.<br />

Credit scoring models may be applied to the analysis<br />

of credits to both individuals and businesses. When<br />

applied to individuals, personal information and the<br />

behavior of consumers are used. When applied to<br />

businesses, financial indicators are the variables used<br />

to determine the probability of insolvency. The basic<br />

approach for the development of a type of credit scoring<br />

model involves the following steps:<br />

• Planning and definitions: markets and credit products for<br />

which a system will be developed; purposes for<br />

which the products will be used; types of custom-<br />

Good Practice Examples<br />

Credit Bureau - Credit Bureau Singapore (Singapore)<br />

The Credit Bureau Singapore was created in 2002 as the country’s first commercial credit bureau, with the objective<br />

of helping lenders make faster and better-informed credit decisions. Credit Bureau Singapore (CBS), with support<br />

from the Government of Singapore, recognized at the beginning of the financial crisis that lending to <strong>SME</strong>s was<br />

tightening and additional tools were needed to reduce information asymmetry. CBS is one of the few private credit<br />

bureaus in Southeast Asia that collates data with respect to both consumers and businesses. Through its association<br />

with Dun & Bradstreet, CBS has access to the trade credit data of thousands of Singaporean companies. In May 2010,<br />

CBS, in association with Fair Isaac Corporation, launched a custom credit scoring solution designed to accurately<br />

quantify the risk (probability of default) associated with <strong>SME</strong>s’ applications for credit. The algorithm behind the<br />

score incorporates credit history data from the business, including trade credit experience, and blends this with the<br />

personal credit history of the business owner and/or key stakeholders. This form of blended score is especially useful<br />

when assessing the risk profile of smaller businesses, where detailed financial information is either not available or<br />

often unreliable.<br />

Companies Database - FIBEN Companies Database (France)<br />

FIBEN is a corporate database set up in 1982 and managed by the Banque de France to facilitate the implementation<br />

of monetary policy and to verify the credit quality of bills issued for rediscounting. Credit institutions and public<br />

economic bodies have access to the FIBEN database, which contains data necessary for the analysis of credit risk<br />

(identity, legal event, management, indebtedness, financial appraisal by the Banque de France), serving as an important<br />

tool for analyzing risk, making decisions, and monitoring companies. Companies may also gain access to refinancing<br />

through the banking system, using private bills as collateral and supported by the central banks’ payment<br />

systems operations. As of November 2009, the total amount of credit to <strong>SME</strong>s in France was USD 262.4 billion.<br />

Credits granted by the banking sector to <strong>SME</strong>s increased by over 1.9 percent between November 2008 and November<br />

2009, whereas credits granted to the private sector in general decreased by 0.9 percent over the same period.<br />

Credit Registry – Bank Negara (Malaysia)<br />

Following the Asian financial crisis in 1997, Bank Negara (Malaysia) recognized the importance of sharing credit data<br />

as a means to improve the quality of lending decisions and prevent over-indebtedness. As such, the bank initiated<br />

the Central Credit Reference Information System (CCRIS) project, which today provides perhaps the most comprehensive<br />

repository of financial data in the region. The data set incorporates information on both individuals and<br />

companies, and is used by practically all lenders in Malaysia. The CCRIS database is among the best examples of a<br />

modern public registry, but while it adequately serves the needs of the retail sector, it has its limitations in the <strong>SME</strong><br />

sector. Recognizing these weaknesses, Bank Negara is exploring ways to develop more <strong>SME</strong>-centric services in<br />

cooperation with the Credit Guarantee Corporation of Malaysia and the private sector.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

35<br />

ers; concept of nonperforming; horizon for forecasting<br />

model;<br />

• Identification of potential variables: characterization of the<br />

credit proponent; characterization of the operation;<br />

selection of significant variables for the model; analysis<br />

of the restrictions to be considered in relation to<br />

the variables;<br />

• Planning sample and data collection: selection and dimension<br />

of the sample; collection of data; assembly of<br />

the database;<br />

• Determination of scoring formula through statistical techniques:<br />

for example, discriminant analysis or logistic regression;<br />

and<br />

• Determination of the cut-off point from which the customer is<br />

classified as delinquent or good payer: the point from which<br />

the financial institution may approve the credit.<br />

Some countries, such as India, have introduced <strong>SME</strong><br />

rating agencies and/or specialist PCBs as additional<br />

institutions designed to generate and provide more<br />

information to prospective lenders. This is a relatively<br />

recent initiative that merits consideration by other<br />

countries. There are some critical issues that need to be<br />

revisited, such as the level of independence of the ratings<br />

provider (like those observed in the case of credit<br />

rating agencies). It is also possible that these agencies<br />

require a critical size of market to break even and<br />

become profitable. If this is the case, DFIs and governments<br />

could consider regional solutions, involving<br />

regional hubs that are large enough to dilute fixed costs,<br />

but that also contain expertise at the country level.<br />

The World Bank’s International Standards on Credit<br />

Reporting (see Annex III) provide an internationally<br />

accepted framework for credit reporting systems’<br />

policy and oversight. They are intended to serve as a<br />

guide for policymakers, regulators, banking supervisors,<br />

credit reporting data providers, credit reporting<br />

service providers, the users of the services, and individuals<br />

whose data is stored in these systems. The standards<br />

are based on the development of principles,<br />

guidelines, and roles for each participant in the system<br />

Example: <strong>SME</strong> Rating Agency of India<br />

(<strong>SME</strong>RA)<br />

India’s <strong>SME</strong>RA is the country’s first rating agency focusing<br />

on the M<strong>SME</strong> sector, providing comprehensive ratings<br />

for the use of financial institutions in the assessment<br />

of credit. The government of India initiated the creation<br />

of <strong>SME</strong>RA in 2005, in coordination with other stakeholders,<br />

including 11 public and private financial institutions<br />

exposed to <strong>SME</strong>s, in order to improve credit flow<br />

to the M<strong>SME</strong> sector. Diversified equity ownership by 11<br />

banks enabled the lenders to accept <strong>SME</strong>RA’s ratings<br />

and extend both financial and non-financial benefits to<br />

well-rated <strong>SME</strong>s. <strong>SME</strong>RA ratings categorize M<strong>SME</strong>s<br />

according to size, so that each M<strong>SME</strong> is evaluated<br />

among its peers. The pricing policy aims to keep fees<br />

affordable for <strong>SME</strong>s. The rating fee does not exceed<br />

USD 1,155, for which the government provides a 75 percent<br />

rating fee subsidy. <strong>SME</strong>RA has completed over<br />

6,500 ratings. The ratings have improved access to<br />

bank financing for at least 20 percent of rated clients,<br />

and collateral requirements have decreased in 10 percent<br />

of rated cases. A rating renewal in 20 percent of<br />

cases indicates usage of ratings for monetary benefit as<br />

well as a self-improvement tool. By the end of 2011,<br />

<strong>SME</strong>RA operations are expected to generate profits of<br />

15 percent, and to have reached over 80,000 <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

ensuring a comprehensive framework for the development<br />

of an efficient, safe, and reliable national credit<br />

reporting system.<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

In general, credit bureau coverage in developing<br />

regions is much lower than the average of the OECD.<br />

Credit bureau coverage in Sub-Saharan Africa and in<br />

South Asia is particularly weak. However, the existence<br />

of credit registries and bureaus seems to matter more<br />

in developing countries, suggesting a more important<br />

role for the government in promoting informationsharing<br />

in these countries. 39<br />

While the challenges faced in LDCs are often similar to<br />

those of other markets, the barriers to sharing credit<br />

39 Djankov, S., C. McLiesh, and A. Shleifer. 2007. “Private Credit in 129 Countries.” Journal of Financial Economics, May 2007, available at:<br />

http://ideas.repec.org/p/nbr/nberwo/11078.html .


36 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

information tend to be more concentrated. In particular,<br />

LDCs tend to disproportionately suffer from the<br />

following market failures:<br />

• Weak Legislative environments: The concept of sharing<br />

information about individuals and businesses incorporates<br />

a delicate balance between what is in the best<br />

interests of the financial system as a whole and the<br />

right to privacy of the data subjects, and to some extent<br />

the data providers (confidentiality). Typically, LDCs<br />

tend to have weak or nonexistent legislative regimes in<br />

the area of data privacy and, by default, tend to regulate<br />

in favor of confidentiality, an example being the<br />

banking secrecy provisions commonly found in central<br />

banking regulations. As such, these legislative<br />

frameworks actively prevent widespread sharing of<br />

useful data and provide legal “cover” for those institutions<br />

that see the sharing of such data as diminishing<br />

their competitive advantage. Specific regulations governing<br />

the operations of the credit information sharing<br />

environment or the removal of pre-existing<br />

constraints, such as amendments to banking regulations,<br />

can help alleviate these constraints.<br />

• Market concentration and anti-competitive behavior: LDCs,<br />

and in particular smaller nations, tend to have a far<br />

greater concentration of suppliers than do more<br />

developed countries, often with one or two dominant<br />

lending providers. In these circumstances, the<br />

business case for sharing information is less obvious,<br />

and dominant suppliers view the sharing of<br />

information and the possible resulting loss of market<br />

share as a threat rather than an opportunity. In these<br />

environments it may be necessary for policymakers<br />

to take a more pro-active role and compel participation<br />

in such infrastructure (either public registries<br />

or private credit bureaus).<br />

• Size-related sustainability issues: Smaller nations also<br />

suffer from the inherent cost dynamics of developing<br />

such infrastructure. While the cost of potential<br />

solutions can vary considerably, there remains a base<br />

level “entry cost” of technology and personnel to<br />

satisfy minimum data security and operational risk<br />

requirements. The size of the active credit market<br />

will subsequently determine the cost, or subsidy, of<br />

providing the service and its ultimate sustainability.<br />

One method of overcoming these constraints is to<br />

consider the development of regional solutions that<br />

share common infrastructure. This, however,<br />

requires cross-border cooperation at the policy level,<br />

which adds an additional layer of complexity.<br />

• Institutional capacity constraints: Credit information sharing<br />

mechanisms are undoubtedly a valuable tool in<br />

reducing information asymmetry, and thereby reducing<br />

the costs of loan losses and acquisition, but they<br />

are not in themselves a means of preventing such<br />

events. The tool is only as good as its operator, and the<br />

recent global financial crisis has demonstrated that<br />

the mere existence of these data sources may not prevent<br />

reckless lending practices. Many LDCs suffer<br />

from an inherent lack of skilled resources in the<br />

financial sector, which can lead to capacity constraints<br />

when it comes to adopting new tools and methodologies.<br />

The introduction of financial infrastructure,<br />

therefore, has to be seen in the context of a broader,<br />

more holistic, capacity development agenda.<br />

• Data quality and data matching constraints: The quality of<br />

raw data at the institutional level is often incompatible<br />

with the needs of the information service providers.<br />

In this respect, there are various policy<br />

interventions that can have a profoundly beneficial<br />

impact on the development of the infrastructure.<br />

These could range from a very simple intervention<br />

from the central bank to compel all lenders to capture<br />

specific pieces of information, through making<br />

public record data available to the information service<br />

providers, such as the ID verification service, to<br />

more general national reforms, such as the enforcement<br />

of a common address format and the introduction<br />

postal (ZIP) codes at the address level.<br />

C.2.4: PAYMENT SYSTEMS<br />

Payment, clearance, and settlement systems are the<br />

means by which payments are made between system<br />

participants (mainly banks), within and across borders.<br />

A payment system represents a market infrastructure<br />

for the financial industry and is a basic foundation<br />

for the conduct of commerce without an exchange of<br />

physical cash or (increasingly) paper, such as checks.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

37<br />

Without a payment system that is sufficiently effective,<br />

efficient, stable, and competitively neutral to elicit<br />

confidence on the part of the banks that use it, modern<br />

modes of carrying out financial transactions would be<br />

impossible, or at least very costly.<br />

Most <strong>SME</strong> businesses conduct business using cash.<br />

However, cash is subject to loss, theft, and destruction<br />

in a multitude of ways. Payment, clearance, and settlement<br />

systems that are effective, efficient, and stable<br />

encourage entrepreneurs to move into the formal<br />

economy and facilitate their relations with banks.<br />

The infrastructure to support corporate payment and<br />

retail payments can also play a role in scaling up <strong>SME</strong><br />

access to financial services and reduce the costs of<br />

doing business. Payment system service providers have<br />

developed a number of products to facilitate “corporate<br />

payments” in the entire value chain of doing business.<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s rely on the retail payment infrastructure for<br />

their customers to discharge their obligations as well.<br />

Both segments are relatively less developed for <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

than for larger corporations.<br />

Standards, <strong>Guide</strong>lines, and Good Practices<br />

A wide range of cost-effective payment instruments is<br />

essential for supporting economic development and<br />

customers’ needs in a market economy. The development<br />

of a country’s commercial, industrial, and<br />

financial sectors generally increases demand for<br />

greater diversity and use of non-cash retail payment<br />

instrument and services. Migrating cash-based payments<br />

to electronic payment mechanisms 40 like electronic<br />

funds transfers, card payments, and mobile<br />

payments would lead to important savings while<br />

expanding reach and increasing inclusion. Payment<br />

system reform initiatives would need to focus, therefore,<br />

on extending the availability and choice of efficient<br />

and secure non-cash payment instruments and<br />

services to consumer and businesses.<br />

It is important that public authorities develop a<br />

coherent and holistic reform strategy. The World<br />

Bank is in the process of issuing <strong>Guide</strong>lines for<br />

Developing a Comprehensive Retail Payments<br />

Strategy. Such guidelines are based on clear public<br />

policy objectives that need to guide the policies<br />

and actions of national authorities in countries<br />

with under-developed retail payment systems. Key<br />

public policy objectives are: (i) safety and efficiency;<br />

(ii) affordability and ease of access to payment<br />

instruments and services; (iii) availability of<br />

an efficient infrastructure to process electronic<br />

payment instruments; and, (iv) availability of a<br />

socially optimal mix of payment instruments.<br />

These public policy goals should guide the actions<br />

of the public authorities, specifically the central<br />

bank, to positively impact the drivers of retail payment<br />

system development.<br />

To implement such goals, regulatory authorities should<br />

consider using the following guidelines in designing<br />

their retail payments development agenda:<br />

<strong>Guide</strong>line I: The market for retail payments should be<br />

transparent, have adequate protection of payers and<br />

payees interests, and be cost-effective.<br />

<strong>Guide</strong>line II: Retail payments require certain underlying<br />

financial, communications, and other types of<br />

infrastructure; these infrastructures should be put<br />

in place to increase the efficiency of retail payments.<br />

These infrastructures include interbank<br />

electronic funds transfer systems, inter-bank card<br />

payment platforms, credit bureaus, data-sharing<br />

platforms, interbank real-time gross settlement systems,<br />

reliable communications infrastructure, and<br />

a national identification system for individuals.<br />

<strong>Guide</strong>line III: Retail payments should be supported<br />

by a sound, predictable, non-discriminatory, and<br />

proportionate legal and regulatory framework.<br />

40 The adoption of the electronic payment mechanisms ranges from less than 1 transaction per capita in Africa, to more than 150 in<br />

high-income countries.


38 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Development initiatives in retail payment infrastructure 41<br />

Automated and standardized payment transaction infrastructure: Electronic communication networks, such as<br />

those for various types of card payments and for telebank and internet payments, allow <strong>SME</strong>s real-time initiation and<br />

authorization of retail payments. Common initiatives for developing these networks include:<br />

(i) Creation of standardized transaction processes for paper-based instruments;<br />

(ii) Introduction of electronic payment transaction networks that lower user costs; and<br />

(iii) Introduction of technologies and processes that digitize or electronically image paper instruments for electronic<br />

clearing and settlement.<br />

Interoperability among transaction infrastructures: The interoperability or consolidation of transaction infrastructures<br />

can achieve scale and scope economies and reduce <strong>SME</strong> user cost with:<br />

(i) Adoption of common standards for instruments, communication, and transmission security for all networks to<br />

provide interoperable services;<br />

(ii) Facilitation of interconnectivity among proprietary network arrangements, notably ATM and electronic funds<br />

transfer at point of sale (EFTPOS) networks; and<br />

(iii) Adoption of common equipment (e.g., hardware and switch) and software standards to allow interoperability at<br />

point of sale (i.e., ATMs, card readers, internet connectors) among competing networks.<br />

Interoperable and automated retail payment clearing and settlement infrastructures: Achieved through common<br />

interconnected information technology and often through actual centralization or consolidation of existing arrangements.<br />

Common initiatives for developing these infrastructure arrangements include:<br />

(i) Establishment of national or regionally interconnected automated clearinghouses to improve the speed and<br />

reliability of retail payments; and<br />

(ii) Interoperability or centralization of inter-branch and inter-bank clearing and settlement through regional and<br />

national centers.<br />

<strong>Guide</strong>line IV: The retail payments industry should foster<br />

competitive market conditions, with an appropriate<br />

balance between cooperation and competition.<br />

<strong>Guide</strong>line V: Retail payments system should be supported<br />

by appropriate governance and risk management<br />

practices.<br />

<strong>Guide</strong>line VI: Public authorities should exercise<br />

effective oversight over the retail payments<br />

market and consider direct interventions where<br />

appropriate.<br />

Standard setters and implementation agencies have<br />

provided a useful framework to guide reforms in<br />

retail payment instruments and systems. In particular,<br />

the CPSS 42 has identified a set of overall strategic<br />

goals and objectives for retail payment systems,<br />

based on the key public policy objectives of efficiency<br />

and reliability. In the specific context of<br />

countries with underdeveloped retail payment systems,<br />

a few additional public policy goals are necessary<br />

to provide a firm foundation for successful<br />

system development.<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

Preliminary results from the World Bank Global<br />

Payment Systems Survey show very large differences<br />

between higher-income and lower-income countries<br />

41 CPSS, 2006<br />

42 BIS, CPSS, “<strong>Policy</strong> Issues for Central Banks in Retail Payments”, Basel, Switzerland, March 2003.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

39<br />

with regard to retail payment systems. While in most<br />

high-income countries any single individual performs<br />

on average 100 or more cashless transactions per year,<br />

this same indicator is less than 1 in many low-income<br />

countries. These disparities are attributed to the slow<br />

development of infrastructure and access channels for<br />

electronic payments in most developing countries;<br />

limited development of the internal payments system<br />

in corporates, banks, and financial service providers;<br />

and limited competition and an absence of specific<br />

strategies for addressing these issues.<br />

According to World Bank experience, key constraints<br />

that inhibit the faster development of non-cash payments<br />

in developing economies include limited<br />

interoperability of the various sub-systems; limited<br />

competition and innovation in the banking industry,<br />

which typically results in higher costs and limited coverage<br />

of these services; limited financial access; and<br />

lack of knowledge and trust in the benefits attached to<br />

the use of electronic payment systems and instruments.<br />

As an example, only 10 percent of low-income<br />

countries surveyed in the context of the Global Payment<br />

Systems Survey have indicated that automated teller<br />

machines (ATMs) are fully interoperable, compared to<br />

78 percent of high-income countries. Along the same<br />

lines, 25 percent of low-income countries perceive the<br />

cost of ATM withdrawals at another bank as high,<br />

against 15 percent of high-income countries. Such<br />

results, when seen in conjunction with ATM costs that<br />

are significantly higher per capita in higher-income<br />

countries than in lower-income countries, indicates an<br />

even lower level of utilization of the infrastructure in<br />

low-income countries.<br />

Governments and regulators in LDCs need to play a proactive<br />

role in retail payment systems in terms of stimulating<br />

demand, catalyzing and co-coordinating action,<br />

and establishing appropriate regulation and oversight of<br />

retail payments system. In addition to safety and efficiency,<br />

at least three additional policy goals should be<br />

considered by countries with particularly underdeveloped<br />

retail payment systems: i) affordability and ease of<br />

access to payment instruments and services; ii) availability<br />

of an efficient infrastructure to process electronic<br />

payment instruments; and iii) availability of a socially<br />

optimal mix of payment instruments.<br />

C.2.5: EQUITY INVESTMENT<br />

Most equity funding of <strong>SME</strong>s around the world comes<br />

from two sources: retained earnings, and capital provided<br />

by savings, friends, family, groups of related companies,<br />

and other “angel” investors. Formal provision of<br />

equity capital is rare, due to principal/agent problems<br />

such as information asymmetry, adverse selection, and<br />

high monitoring costs. Essentially, most formal providers<br />

of equity capital do not achieve sufficient riskadjusted<br />

returns to make the provision of additional<br />

capital worthwhile. Likewise, the costs of discriminating<br />

between attractive and other investments in young<br />

firms are high, relative to the size of the investments. 43<br />

Two different sources of potential equity financing have<br />

been proposed to bridge the equity gap: i) private equity<br />

and venture capital vehicles (including equity funds and<br />

equity programs sponsored by government-sponsored<br />

development finance institutions); and ii) programs to<br />

raise equity in “development markets” on special stock<br />

exchange tiers. Each approach has a number of challenges,<br />

especially in low-income countries.<br />

Venture Capital/Private Equity (VC/PE) organizations<br />

support the expansion and development of companies<br />

in their growing cycle, addressing some of the<br />

financing needs of high-growth firms that are not covered<br />

by traditional financiers. By intensively scrutinizing<br />

firms before providing capital (i.e., due diligence),<br />

then monitoring them afterward, VC/PE can alleviate<br />

information gaps and reduce capital constraints. This<br />

asset class contributes to reduce information asymmetries<br />

through improved monitoring and control,<br />

43 Towards An Understanding Of Public <strong>Policy</strong> Measures To Encourage The Supply Of Private Equity And Venture Capital: Framework And<br />

Country Lessons, Clemente del Valle, Alex Lima, and Jorge Gomes, Unpublished paper February 2008.


40 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

relying on increased hands-on management of the<br />

portfolio companies compared to a bank lender. This<br />

allows companies with good growth prospects to<br />

secure risk capital financing that would otherwise be<br />

very difficult to obtain.<br />

There are advantages for firms to have venture capital<br />

(VC) investors, such as the influence of professional<br />

and foreign board members on corporate governance,<br />

the establishment of oversight and audit committees<br />

(or provision of mentoring, for smaller<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s), and the hiring of better CEOs. VC financing<br />

can foster innovation, patenting, and growth performances,<br />

and VC firms can professionalize their portfolio<br />

companies, connecting them with potential<br />

clients and suppliers, and attracting additional funding.<br />

However, this type of financing is only available<br />

(if at all) to companies with high growth potential<br />

where existing shareholders are willing to share<br />

ownership for the sake of increased growth and/or<br />

other non-financing benefits (e.g., access to knowledge,<br />

markets, etc.).<br />

Equity funds are pooled investment vehicles that<br />

invest in unlisted equity, quasi-equity and, occasionally,<br />

debt securities. There has been an increase in participation<br />

in <strong>SME</strong> equity funds in emerging markets in<br />

recent years. Over the last decade, DFIs have expanded<br />

their participation in <strong>SME</strong> equity funds, and evidence<br />

suggests that there are close to 200 investment funds<br />

supporting small and growing businesses (SGB) in<br />

emerging markets.<br />

Some countries have also created <strong>SME</strong> stock exchanges<br />

to facilitate access to public funds, although the performance<br />

of these exchanges has been mixed. 44 Over<br />

the years, many developed and developing countries<br />

have sought to address the issues faced by <strong>SME</strong>s by<br />

establishing dedicated stock exchanges, junior market<br />

segments, or separate trading platforms exclusively<br />

for the <strong>SME</strong> sector, with the aim of facilitating access<br />

to capital markets more quickly, with less stringent<br />

eligibility criteria, and at a lower all-in cost. However,<br />

the performance of many of these junior exchanges,<br />

particularly those in lower-income countries, has<br />

been unimpressive, with only a handful of <strong>SME</strong>s electing<br />

to list on certain markets and with little or no new<br />

capital actually being raised. Notable middle-income<br />

and high-income country examples include the<br />

Alternative Investment Market (AIM) in London, the<br />

Growth Enterprises Market (GEM) in Hong Kong,<br />

KOSDAQ in Korea, MESDAQ in Malaysia, TSX in<br />

Canada, the MOTHERS market in Japan, and the<br />

Shenzhen SE in China.<br />

Standards, <strong>Guide</strong>lines, and Good Practice<br />

The government’s role is to improve the environment<br />

for private equity funds and VC investors, such as<br />

removing tax penalties on VC capital gains and formalizing<br />

the private placement market, as an alternative<br />

exit strategy. In general, access to equity markets can<br />

be increased by improving corporate governance<br />

through a broad range of interventions:<br />

• Improvements in minority shareholder protection,<br />

providing a more secure and attractive environment<br />

to investors. This requires the implementation of<br />

international standards in basic shareholder rights,<br />

reduced thresholds for shareholder actions, and<br />

increased liability for CEOs and directors.<br />

• The creation of a stronger domestic institutional investor<br />

base and greater participation of foreign investors,<br />

which may require the relaxation of limits on foreign<br />

ownership of listed companies in some countries.<br />

• Enhancing the role of the board of directors and<br />

clarifying their responsibilities, and introducing<br />

independent members of the board, sometimes<br />

through the creation of a code of good practice.<br />

• For larger firms, improvements in disclosure –<br />

improved financial reporting, use of board audit<br />

committees comprising independent directors to<br />

oversee auditors, and improving non-financial<br />

44 OECD (2006) provides a comprehensive review of equity finance in the early stages of the life cycle.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

41<br />

disclosures, to include management’s discussion and<br />

analysis of financial results in the annual report and<br />

governance standards.<br />

Private equity / venture capital<br />

The expertise and profit-seeking instincts of professional<br />

fund managers are essential to the development<br />

of a sustainable private equity sector. Successful programs<br />

such as SBIC (US), ECF (UK), Yozma (Israel), IIF<br />

(Australia), and Inovar (Brazil) have had a lasting<br />

effect on the industry and on the innovative infrastructure<br />

of those countries.<br />

Actions that could be taken include:<br />

• Liberalizing investment restrictions on local institutional<br />

investors, allowing a VC/PE industry to tap<br />

into national savings in search of opportunities for<br />

diversification and improved returns. This is closely<br />

related to a balanced supervision of investment vehicles<br />

and fund managers by regulators.<br />

• Establishing a conducive tax framework for entrepreneurs<br />

and institutional investors, designed to enable<br />

and stimulate entrepreneurship and the investment in<br />

productive risk taking activities, including the introduction<br />

of investment vehicles with tax pass-through<br />

capability and a differential fiscal treatment of the<br />

capital gains earned PE/VC firms, which acknowledges<br />

the high risk faced by investors.<br />

• Reducing capital controls on the repatriation of longterm<br />

foreign capital gains and improving protection<br />

and rights of VC/PE investors’ contributions in order<br />

to increased foreign investment. This includes regulation<br />

of minority investors’ rights, and standards of<br />

disclosure and fund management.<br />

• Liberalizing regulation. The professional nature of the<br />

investors in this asset class requires less protection from<br />

regulators, allowing for potentially higher returns.<br />

More flexibility should be provided in comparison to<br />

other asset management firms (e.g., mutual funds) that<br />

invest capital from the general public. This includes<br />

portfolio valuation and reporting requirements.<br />

• Building professional expertise, a key to the development<br />

of the VC/PE industry. This is even more critical<br />

in developing countries, given the relative shortage<br />

Example: Developing private equity /<br />

venture capital markets<br />

The Inovar Program in Brazil was designed in 2001 by<br />

Financiadora de Estudos e Projetos (FINEP), which provides<br />

funding to strengthen technological and scientific<br />

development in Brazil, in coordination with the Inter-<br />

American Development Bank. The objective of the program<br />

is to support the development of new, <strong>SME</strong><br />

technology-based companies through the establishment<br />

of a venture capital (VC) market and to enhance<br />

private investment in technology businesses. Inovar<br />

created a research/knowledge and information dissemination<br />

platform and develops managerial capacity for<br />

channeling and accelerating VC investments in smallcompany<br />

funds in Brazil. The program successfully<br />

achieved the creation of a VC portal with information on<br />

how to register for different program components, with<br />

over 2,650 registered entrepreneurs, and over 200<br />

investors. It also established a Technology Investment<br />

Facility where investors can perform joint analyses and<br />

due diligence on VC finds, which resulted in over 50<br />

joint due diligences with approximately USD 165 million<br />

committed/approved in 15 VC funds. The program has<br />

also established 20 venture forums for <strong>SME</strong>s to interact<br />

with potential investors and present business plans,<br />

resulting in 45 <strong>SME</strong>s receiving over USD 1 billion in VC/<br />

PE investments.<br />

Source: G-20 Stocktaking Report, p. 73<br />

of such specialize resources. Potential policy options<br />

in this area include: promoting and funding education<br />

and training initiatives at national and international<br />

settings; encouraging the teaming of<br />

international general partners (e.g., Yozma program<br />

and some IFC funds); and allocating resources to<br />

funds managed by new managers.<br />

• Indirect intervention through market-based<br />

approaches, which, given the experience in a<br />

number of countries, is preferred to direct equity<br />

investments on the part of government agencies.<br />

• Calibration of incentives for risk sharing and return<br />

allocation, where the design of co-investment programs<br />

involves a combination of government and private<br />

sector financing.. The preferred capital structure<br />

is one where the government as investor adopts a


42 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

The Benefits of and Experience with Private Equity Funds<br />

The benefits of private equity funds can be assessed from different perspectives. At the macro level, private equity<br />

can catalyze structural changes through support to new economy sectors and foster industrial innovation. 45 It can<br />

help reduce unemployment rates, mainly for skilled workers, 46 and spur overall employment growth. 47 Industries with<br />

private equity investments grow faster in terms of production, value added, and employment, while at the same time<br />

exhibiting more resilience to industry shocks.<br />

Employment and sales growth rates reported for random samples of exited deals in South Africa, Tunisia, and<br />

Morocco support the perception that private equity fund-backed businesses grow faster and create more jobs than<br />

those without private equity fund support. South African businesses that were backed by private equity funds grew<br />

their sales by 20 percent, outperforming Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) listed companies and companies<br />

included in the All Share Index ALSI by 2 and 6 percent, respectively 48 (). Similarly, these private equity fund-backed<br />

companies reported employment growth rates significantly superior to regional rates estimated at 2.88 percent for<br />

North Africa and 2.98 percent for sub-Saharan Africa. The involvement of private equity funds in African businesses<br />

seems to foster innovation as well. For instance, 69 percent of private equity fund-backed companies introduced<br />

new products and/or services. The annual growth rate of R&D in private equity fund-backed businesses was 7 percent,<br />

seven times the rate reported for JSE listed companies over the same period 49 .<br />

“Financing Africa Through the Crisis and Beyond” Beck et al,2011; Bernstein et al., 2010.<br />

position akin to that of a limited partner. An armslength<br />

relationship prevents government involvement<br />

in the management and asset allocation of the fund.<br />

• In public/private investment programs, the adoption<br />

of asymmetric allocation of returns rewarding private<br />

investors beyond their share at the expense of<br />

government returns. This type of added incentive<br />

can provide a valuable incentive to private sector<br />

participation and has been used in the context of the<br />

investments by international development institutions,<br />

like the IFC.<br />

Equity funds: In general, deal flow and exit opportunities<br />

in most of the smaller emerging countries are<br />

too limited to support dedicated single-country<br />

funds. Thus, successful <strong>SME</strong> fund models usually<br />

cover more than one country, with a small central<br />

team and local management teams in each country.<br />

This structure allows the local teams to focus on<br />

investments while spreading overhead costs over as<br />

broad a base as possible. The central platform shortens<br />

the learning curve for the local teams and provides<br />

necessary services and support in an efficient<br />

and cost-effective way.<br />

<strong>SME</strong> Stock exchanges: Setting up <strong>SME</strong> stock exchanges<br />

or junior markets can further improve the supply of<br />

equity investment to <strong>SME</strong>s, although most are not considered<br />

successful. Establishing a trading platform and<br />

equipping it with modern systems and infrastructure<br />

is in itself no guarantee of success; improvements to<br />

the wider enabling environment for capital markets<br />

are necessary. The <strong>SME</strong> exchanges that have succeeded<br />

globally are those where: (i) the underlying legal and<br />

capital market regulatory frameworks are reasonably<br />

well-developed, robust and, above all, trusted by<br />

investors; (ii) access to credible corporate information<br />

on <strong>SME</strong>s is widely and readily available; (iii) a reasonably<br />

broad spectrum of early-stage equity capital is<br />

available from angel, venture capital, and private<br />

45 Kortum, S. and J. Lerner, 2000.<br />

46 Rainer Fehn & Thomas Fuchs, 2003<br />

47 Belke, A.; R. Fehn, and N. Foster, 2003<br />

48 The Economic Impact of Venture Capital and Private Equity in South Africa, 2009 SAVCA/DBSA 2009<br />

49 Ibid


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

43<br />

equity investors; and (iv) the size of both the private<br />

sector and the qualified institutional investor community<br />

is sufficiently large to support the growth of the<br />

market generally. 50<br />

Experience suggests that it is important to get the<br />

details of the market micro-structure right in order for<br />

an <strong>SME</strong> exchange to function effectively and become a<br />

venue where <strong>SME</strong>s can readily access the capital they<br />

require. The following mitigate against success and<br />

should be avoided:<br />

• Imposing expensive requirements such as maximum<br />

bid-ask spreads;<br />

• Applying trading regulations that are more relevant<br />

for larger companies and do not provide incentives<br />

for market participants to get involved with smaller<br />

companies; and<br />

• Failing to address relatively high issuance and trading<br />

costs caused by the introduction of systems and<br />

technologies developed for large-cap shares.<br />

It is important to develop less formal, more lightlyregulated<br />

capital markets that can cater largely to <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

In Kenya, where there is an informal and largely<br />

unregulated capital market that caters mainly to <strong>SME</strong>s,<br />

a number of small companies have been able to raise<br />

capital from local investors such as private equity<br />

firms. While aware of its existence, the securities<br />

market regulator in Kenya does not regulate the activity<br />

in this market, but at the same time appears reluctant<br />

to see it disappear altogether or close down.<br />

A variety of other suggested policies have potential to<br />

increase listings and liquidity on <strong>SME</strong> exchanges,<br />

including:<br />

• The size of qualified <strong>SME</strong>s should not be capped at<br />

very low levels, as this may have adverse effects<br />

on liquidity and discourage the participation of<br />

fund managers;<br />

• The public float should have a minimum size, as an<br />

excessively low float will also constrain liquidity.<br />

Some successful <strong>SME</strong> exchanges impose a minimum<br />

float of 10 percent, combined with commitments of<br />

market-making and research by the broker;<br />

• A large minimum number of shareholders may be<br />

necessary to improve liquidity;<br />

• Lock-up periods of 6-12 months or longer during<br />

which certain shareholders (with 5 percent or more<br />

of the shares) cannot sell their stake following an<br />

IPO can prevent the early exit of corporate insiders<br />

and curtail insider trading; and<br />

• Governments might consider tax incentives for <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

that go public.<br />

In addition to less formal markets such as those<br />

described above, another approach that may be more<br />

suitable for meeting the needs of <strong>SME</strong>s in smaller<br />

economies is to promote the establishment of regional<br />

<strong>SME</strong> funds, or in some cases to encourage eligible <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

to consider using other nearby or regional stock markets<br />

as a venue where they may be able to raise the<br />

funding they need. Particularly for <strong>SME</strong>s located in<br />

smaller economies, regional approaches like these may<br />

be the most, if not the only, suitable way to access<br />

equity capital.<br />

Priorities and challenges for LDCs<br />

In developing economies, where the financial sector is<br />

typically characterized by marked weaknesses that constrain<br />

the access to finance, private equity can be a valuable<br />

source of stable, longer-term financing for some<br />

firms. This is particularly true in economies where<br />

public equity and bond markets are not accessible other<br />

than to a handful of companies, and where bank credit<br />

is expensive and provided primarily on a short-term<br />

basis, when available at all. The “smart-money” features<br />

of private equity investments and the selection of investment<br />

targets are particularly valuable for economies<br />

where business and management expertise constitute<br />

scarce commodities. This financing tool has a direct<br />

impact on the active management of the firm via the<br />

value created post-investment, which in turn has potential<br />

spill-over effects to the rest of the economy. It<br />

enhances value by fostering innovation and access to<br />

markets, building capacity at the management level in<br />

50 Mako, 2010


44 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

areas such as marketing, management recruitment, strategic<br />

direction, increased contacts/network and financial<br />

advice. This can contribute to raise the general level<br />

of management standards and corporate governance in<br />

developing countries.<br />

For the majority of <strong>SME</strong>s in emerging markets, funding<br />

from private equity funds is not generally available,<br />

however. <strong>SME</strong> equity funds in emerging markets<br />

face particular challenges, including a shortage of<br />

experienced fund managers with the right skill set and<br />

market knowledge, and low capital needs of small<br />

businesses, making the deal sizes unattractive to most<br />

private equity firms. As noted above, the performance<br />

of <strong>SME</strong> stock exchanges in developing countries has<br />

generally not been good. Public or development<br />

finance to catalyze or provide equity-type financing for<br />

innovative and high-potential <strong>SME</strong>s can be needed in<br />

the interim to address these market failures.<br />

Government-backed funds can stimulate innovation<br />

and the adoption of innovations, compensating for a<br />

lack of available capital for innovation (for example,<br />

angel finance investors, venture capital funds). Many<br />

fund examples in the developing world are supported<br />

by donors or development finance investments,<br />

allowing them to serve difficult-to-reach clients. Key<br />

success factors of these equity fund cases include<br />

having a skilled and experienced fund manager, and<br />

achieving the targeted financial return through the<br />

fund’s investments.<br />

The Jordan Enterprise Development Corporation is<br />

financing an innovation fund with the Government<br />

of Jordan, the European Investment Bank, and Abraaj<br />

Capital. The Oasis 500 early stage and seed investment<br />

network offers small amounts of start-up capital<br />

linked to intensive mentoring and business incubator<br />

support, while the $500 million (target size) RED<br />

Growth Capital Fund set-up by Abraaj Capital is complemented<br />

by mentoring, networking, and informational<br />

support to high-potential and innovative<br />

growth <strong>SME</strong>s. 51<br />

Further source of funding can be<br />

from Diaspora.<br />

C.2.6: ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING<br />

STANDARDS FOR <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

Strong accounting and auditing standards improve <strong>SME</strong><br />

access to finance by reducing informational opacities<br />

and encouraging lending based on financial statements,<br />

but countries have had to strike a balance between<br />

improving transparency and reducing the regulatory<br />

burden for <strong>SME</strong>s. Reporting and audit requirements for<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s, whether regulatory or simply required by banks<br />

as a consideration for accessing credit, can improve the<br />

The Korea Venture Capital Investment Corp (KVIC)<br />

KVIC is a government-backed fund of funds established in 2005 to provide stable capital to <strong>SME</strong>s in innovative technology<br />

sectors. KVIC currently has USD 1.5 billion in assets under management in over 150 venture capital and buyout<br />

firms, and commits USD 200-300 million every year to venture capital funds. The KVIC also supports partnerships<br />

funds to invite foreign investors into the funds, promoting global networks and ensuring transparent fund management<br />

systems. The establishment of KVIC led to creation and strengthening of Korean legislation to provide stable<br />

capital to the venture capital industry, and also influenced the amending of regulation to attract more private investors<br />

into venture capital funds. Such funds have the potential for significant positive financial and developmental<br />

impact, including increased employment, skills development, corporate governance best practices, and innovation.<br />

KVIC targets specialized <strong>SME</strong>s in the relatively riskier segments of high-growth technology and innovation, reflecting<br />

their more mature <strong>SME</strong> equity markets and lower information asymmetries relative to developing countries where<br />

equity funds have recently begun to develop, and thus cater to the overall <strong>SME</strong> segment.<br />

51 Pearce, 2011


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

45<br />

quality of <strong>SME</strong> information, but can also act as a barrier<br />

to <strong>SME</strong> finance and growth. External audits can be costly<br />

and difficult to justify, as <strong>SME</strong> accounting is usually<br />

straightforward, relying on historical cost-based, rather<br />

than fair value, measurement. They may also act as an<br />

incentive to stay disengaged from the formal sector and<br />

full regulatory compliance. 52<br />

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)<br />

have been adapted and streamlined for <strong>SME</strong>s, and<br />

about 60 countries have adopted the <strong>SME</strong> version of<br />

IFRS. However some countries have concluded that the<br />

<strong>SME</strong> version of IFRS is still too costly and burdensome<br />

for local and smaller <strong>SME</strong>s, and have adopted a simpler<br />

set of obligatory standards. There are similar concerns<br />

regarding obligatory auditing. Although auditing<br />

improves the reliability of financial statements, the EU<br />

exempts firms with fewer than 50 employees from<br />

obligatory audits, a rule that also attempts to strike a<br />

balance between the objectives of improving transparency<br />

and reducing the regulatory burden for small<br />

firms. Some studies have found that effective accounting<br />

standards are positively associated with measures<br />

of access, but research in this area has been limited by<br />

the lack of good quantitative indicators of the quality<br />

of financial reporting, and are not focused on <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

There has been substantial debate around developing<br />

accounting and auditing standards for <strong>SME</strong>s that strike<br />

the right balance between transparency and regulatory<br />

simplicity. <strong>SME</strong>s are typically non-public entities with<br />

simple financial transactions. Many of the disclosures<br />

aimed at public shareholders and lenders may be<br />

unnecessary for <strong>SME</strong>s. Several countries resist adopting<br />

IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s, claiming that these standards remain<br />

excessively complex and costly for smaller firms.<br />

World Bank research shows that many countries use<br />

company size to determine a company’s financial<br />

reporting and audit requirements, although the relief<br />

that is given tends to be quite limited. Most commonly,<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s are exempted from statutory audit<br />

Global Technology and Innovation<br />

Partners (GTIP)<br />

Diaspora can play a prominent role in introducing and<br />

financing innovation, as has been widely acknowledged<br />

in the case of India and Israel. An emerging example is<br />

the Arab Diaspora links to support <strong>SME</strong> Innovation in the<br />

MENA region. Global Technology and Innovation<br />

Partners (GTIP) is a partnership of successful Arab diaspora<br />

entrepreneurs based in Silicon Valley, targeting<br />

investments across the Middle East, North Africa and<br />

South Asia regions (MENASA). GTIP has recently established<br />

the “Rising Tide Venture Capital Fund” ($250 million<br />

being raised) that will focus on building local<br />

entrepreneurial ecosystems and provide seed, early, and<br />

growth-stage capital for innovative ventures in MENASA<br />

countries. To help ensure the development and acceleration<br />

of successful and innovative start-ups in the region,<br />

GTIP intends to pool their staff, partners, and other successful<br />

entrepreneurs from Silicon Valley, and elsewhere<br />

in the United States to provide companies in MENA with<br />

continuous mentorship and expertise.<br />

GTIP has two key partners to help transfer support and<br />

provide mentorship: Plug and Play Technology Center<br />

(PnP), which is a technology incubator based in Silicon<br />

Valley, and the TechWadi networking association, which<br />

allows GTIP to tap into the Arab diaspora to provide<br />

mentorship and advice to MENA entrepreneurs.<br />

requirements and/or are subjected to simplified<br />

accounting standards. However, the thresholds used<br />

to define <strong>SME</strong>s are often quite low and exempt only<br />

the smallest of companies. There is significant resistance,<br />

often motivated by genuine concerns, within<br />

parts of the accounting and audit profession to the<br />

notion that <strong>SME</strong>s should be afforded greater relief in<br />

their financial reporting and audit obligations. The<br />

benefits of differentiated standards or systems need<br />

to be better understood.<br />

Standards, <strong>Guide</strong>lines and Good Practice<br />

A clear case can be made in favor of simplified accounting<br />

and financial reporting framework for smaller<br />

52 Ibid


46 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

The IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s is a self-contained standard of 230 pages, designed to meet the needs and capabilities of <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Compared with full IFRSs (and many national Generally Accepted Accounting Principles), the IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s is less<br />

complex in a number of ways:<br />

• Topics not relevant for <strong>SME</strong>s are omitted. Examples: earnings per share, interim financial reporting, and segment<br />

reporting.<br />

• Where full IFRSs allow accounting policy choices, the IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s allows only the easier option. Examples: no<br />

option to revalue property, equipment, or intangibles; a cost-depreciation model for investment property unless fair<br />

value is readily available without undue cost or effort; no “corridor approach” for actuarial gains and losses.<br />

• Many principles for recognizing and measuring assets, liabilities, income, and expenses in full IFRSs are simplified. For<br />

example, amortize goodwill; expense all borrowing and R&D costs; cost model for associates and jointly-controlled<br />

entities; no available-for-sale or held-to-maturity classes of financial assets.<br />

• Significantly fewer disclosures are required (roughly 300 versus 3,000).<br />

• The standard has been written in clear, easily translatable language.<br />

• To further reduce the burden for <strong>SME</strong>s, revisions to the IFRS will be limited to once every three years.<br />

Source: http://www.ifrs.org/IFRS+for+<strong>SME</strong>s/IFRS+for+<strong>SME</strong>s.htm<br />

enterprises, with requirements commensurate with<br />

their size, the types of transactions they conduct, and<br />

their limited range of stakeholders. A “one-size-fitsall”<br />

approach to financial reporting and auditing<br />

requirements ignores the capacity constraints that<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s face and unnecessarily increases the cost of doing<br />

business for those enterprises, which generally drive<br />

economic growth. In addition, by increasing the<br />

requirements for <strong>SME</strong>s, governments may create disincentives<br />

for businesses to operate in the formal sector.<br />

A holistic approach would take into account <strong>SME</strong>s’<br />

need for relief from excessive accounting and auditing<br />

requirements, as well as their need for more time to<br />

implement appropriate standards effectively.<br />

Recognizing this, the International Accounting<br />

Standards Board (IASB) issued in 2009 a simplified<br />

version of its full IFRS, as many <strong>SME</strong>s argued that full<br />

the IFRS imposed a burden on them, a burden that had<br />

been growing as IFRS became more detailed and more<br />

countries had begun to use it.<br />

Prior to the issuance of IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s, the United<br />

Nations Conference for Trade and Development’s<br />

Intergovernmental Working Group of Experts on<br />

International Standards of Accounting and Reporting<br />

(UNCTAD-ISAR) had already developed a three-tiered<br />

system for financial reporting, as follows:<br />

Level 1. This level would apply to listed enterprises<br />

whose securities are publicly traded and those in<br />

which there is significant public interest. These<br />

enterprises should be required to apply the IFRS<br />

issued by the IASB.<br />

Level 2. This level would apply to significant business<br />

enterprises that do not issue public securities<br />

and in which there is no significant public interest.<br />

This set of standards is likely to be superseded by<br />

IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Level 3. This level would apply to smaller enterprises<br />

that are often owner-managed and have no


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

47<br />

table 2 Financial reporting and audit relief given to <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

Country Preparing F/S Accounting standards Statutory audit Publication<br />

Albania<br />

3 3<br />

Brazil<br />

3 3 3<br />

China<br />

3 3<br />

Croatia<br />

3 3<br />

n/a<br />

Egypt<br />

3<br />

n/a<br />

El Salvador<br />

3<br />

n/a<br />

Indonesia<br />

3<br />

Morocco<br />

3 3<br />

n/a<br />

Pakistan<br />

3<br />

n/a<br />

Panama<br />

3 3<br />

n/a<br />

Sri Lanka<br />

3<br />

n/a<br />

Thailand<br />

3<br />

Tunisia<br />

3<br />

n/a<br />

Vietnam<br />

3 3<br />

3 Lesser requirements for <strong>SME</strong>s (size criteria)<br />

n/a Not required of any non-listed company, regardless of size or legal form.<br />

Source: Financial Reporting and Audit Requirements of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises<br />

or few employees. The approach proposed is<br />

simplified accruals-based accounting, closely<br />

linked to cash transactions. National regulators<br />

may permit a derogation for newly formed businesses<br />

or new entrants to the formal economy to<br />

use cash accounting for a limited time. IFRS for<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s is likely to be overly complex for these<br />

enterprises.<br />

This three-tiered approach is broadly in line with the<br />

recommendations made by the World Bank though the<br />

Reports on the Observance of Standards and Code-<br />

Accounting and Auditing (ROSC A&A) assessments. It<br />

has already been put in place in several countries,<br />

including the signatories of the OHADA (Organisation<br />

pour l’Harmonisation en Afrique du Droit des Affaires)<br />

Treaty in Francophone Africa. 53<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

As outlined, many LDC accounting professions may<br />

currently be too weak to effectively support even IFRS<br />

53 See ROSC A&A for Senegal (available in French), at: http://www.worldbank.org/ifa/rosc_aa_sen_fre.pdf


48 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

for <strong>SME</strong>s. Capacity building and development is<br />

needed, including for oversight institutions.<br />

While the IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s are less burdensome than the<br />

full IFRS, they may still be excessive for smaller and<br />

capacity-constrained enterprises. Exemptions from<br />

IFRS and other requirements for smaller firms may be<br />

merited, or the development and implementation of<br />

simplified versions.<br />

C.3 Public Sector Interventions<br />

Many governments seek to encourage <strong>SME</strong> finance<br />

through direct and indirect interventions, in order to<br />

address deficiencies in the enabling environment and<br />

residual market failures. Well-designed policy interventions<br />

can be useful as transitional measures in periods<br />

where the government is trying to strengthen<br />

financial infrastructure and the legal and regulatory<br />

framework. They may also be valid in cases where<br />

some groups remain difficult to reach, even when efficient<br />

financial infrastructure and regulations are in<br />

place. Interventions can also be important in periods<br />

of instability and crisis, where there is an actual or<br />

potential collapse of financial intermediation by private<br />

agents.<br />

The worldwide financial crisis dented confidence in<br />

the belief that reliance could be placed solely on market<br />

solutions for access to financial services, and has<br />

triggered a range of public initiatives designed to<br />

protect or re-launch the flow of credit to various purposes<br />

and sectors. 54 Government policy interventions<br />

have included partial credit guarantee schemes, direct<br />

lending facilities (sometimes entailing credit<br />

subsidies), and lending by state-owned financial institutions.<br />

These interventions provide different combinations<br />

of liquidity and risk mitigation strategies and<br />

can be priced at or below market rates. The choice of<br />

instrument/intervention typically depends on the<br />

binding constraint in the respective environment. The<br />

government support initiatives with the greatest representation<br />

in the G-20 stocktaking exercise include:<br />

funded financing facilities extended via state banks<br />

and/or private financial institutions; credit guarantees<br />

extended via state banks and/or private financial institutions;<br />

and, state bank initiatives.<br />

Government support mechanisms can expand significantly<br />

the <strong>SME</strong> finance space, although it is always<br />

important in these cases to minimize their potential<br />

market distorting consequences, and to not lose sight<br />

of the fact that financial services for <strong>SME</strong>s are best<br />

served by strong banking and non-banking institutions<br />

that can develop business models to achieve the<br />

optimal balance between risk, reward, and cost. The<br />

more supportive the overall enabling environment is<br />

in a given country, the larger the size of the bankable<br />

<strong>SME</strong> space, which provides incentives for financial<br />

players to engage in this space and increases odds of<br />

success and demonstration effects.<br />

The following table estimates the amount of financing<br />

per <strong>SME</strong> in examples of public sector interventions that<br />

are profiled in this section. While this is a rather superficial<br />

and incomplete assessment, and the ratios are<br />

influenced by the age of the interventions (the Turkey<br />

and Korea models are more recent, for example, and<br />

may still be growing), this is still useful in providing<br />

insights regarding the cost-effectiveness of each example.<br />

The three partial credit guarantee facilities come<br />

out relatively well on this measure.<br />

As is clear from the 2010 GPFI stocktaking exercise, government-supported<br />

interventions in the <strong>SME</strong> finance<br />

space are commonplace. The “perfect” enabling environment<br />

for finance being a long term/tentative objective,<br />

government support is always likely to be needed<br />

to provide incentives, catalyze a market, or create a<br />

demonstration effect, if not for purely political reasons.<br />

In all cases, government intervention (state banks,<br />

lending facilities, credit guarantees, risk-sharing,<br />

54 Center for Global Development. 2009. “<strong>Policy</strong> Principles for Expanding Financial Access.” Report of the CGD Task Force on Access to<br />

Financial Services. Washington DC.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

49<br />

table 3. Financing per <strong>SME</strong>: Comparison Table<br />

Country<br />

Name of<br />

Program<br />

Starting<br />

year<br />

Financing Amount<br />

(USD m)<br />

Number of <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

outreached<br />

Financing per<br />

<strong>SME</strong> (USD)<br />

Afghanistan<br />

DEG - <strong>SME</strong><br />

Credit-Guarantee-Facility<br />

2005 37 1,256 29,459<br />

Brazil Programa INOVAR I-II 2001 1,000 3,250 307,692<br />

Canada<br />

Canada<br />

Chile<br />

EU<br />

Korea<br />

Turkey<br />

WB&G<br />

Business Development<br />

Bank of Canada<br />

Canada Small Business<br />

Financing Program<br />

FOGAPE (<strong>SME</strong> lending<br />

guarantee fund)<br />

EU/EBRD <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong><br />

Facility<br />

The Korea Venture Capital<br />

Investment Corp<br />

European Investment Bank<br />

<strong>SME</strong> APEX Facility<br />

European-Palestinian Credit<br />

Guarantee Fund<br />

1944 15,008 28,000 536,000<br />

1999 8,000 113,850 70,268<br />

1980 9,636 362,753 26,564<br />

1999 3,168 101,000 31,366<br />

2005 1,100 930 1,182,796<br />

2005 216 343 629,738<br />

2005 43.2 1,200 36,000<br />

Source: Scaling-up <strong>SME</strong> access to financial services in the developing world, 2010<br />

capacity-building, etc.) should be carefully designed<br />

and better evaluated with a view to accurately measure<br />

their achievements in terms of outreach, additionality,<br />

and leverage. Subsidies should be only reserved to<br />

address actual market failures, and carefully designed to<br />

avoid any disincentive for private sector providers of<br />

financial services to serve the <strong>SME</strong> segment.<br />

Public procurement also represents a huge opportunity<br />

for <strong>SME</strong>s, and can be used to improve <strong>SME</strong> access to<br />

financial services, including supply chain finance. The<br />

value of public contracts awarded to <strong>SME</strong>s in a number<br />

of European countries during the recent global<br />

financial sector crisis was much larger than the value<br />

of guarantees provided to <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

C.3.1: STATE BANKS<br />

State-owned banks have played an important role in<br />

<strong>SME</strong> finance in many developed and emerging countries<br />

as shown by two World Bank surveys, one conducted<br />

globally and the other focused on the MENA<br />

region. 55 Both surveys show that the share of <strong>SME</strong> loans<br />

in total loans is not significantly related to bank ownership,<br />

even after controlling for other factors. The<br />

survey conducted for the MENA region shows that<br />

55 Beck, Demirgüç-Kunt, and Martinez Peria. 2008. “Bank Financing for <strong>SME</strong>s around the World: Drivers, Obstacles, Business Models, and<br />

Lending Practices.” World Bank <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper 4785. The World Bank, Washington DC. Rocha. Farazi. Khouri, and<br />

Pearce. 2011. “Bank Financing for <strong>SME</strong>s in the MENA Region: Evidence from a Joint Survey of the World Bank and the Union of Arab<br />

Banks.” <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper 5607.March. The World Bank. Washington, DC.


50 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

state-owned banks take more risks in <strong>SME</strong> lending relative<br />

to their private counterparts – they are less selective<br />

in their strategies to target <strong>SME</strong>s, have a lower ratio<br />

of collateralized loans to <strong>SME</strong>s, and have a higher share<br />

of investment lending in total <strong>SME</strong> lending. The same<br />

MENA survey shows that state banks have less developed<br />

<strong>SME</strong> lending technologies and risk management<br />

systems relative to private banks – a lower share of<br />

state banks has dedicated <strong>SME</strong> units, makes use of<br />

credit scoring, and conducts stress tests. In other<br />

words, state-owned banks seem to make a positive<br />

contribution to <strong>SME</strong> finance and are willing to take<br />

more risks to perform their mandates, but do not seem<br />

to have the capacity to manage these risks effectively. 56<br />

These results are consistent with other empirical<br />

research showing that the financial performance of<br />

state banks is generally weak by comparison with that<br />

of private banks. State-owned banks can have lower<br />

levels of profitability due to lower margins, larger<br />

overhead costs due to excessive personnel, and higher<br />

levels of non-performing loans. This is to the result of<br />

a combination of factors, including development mandates<br />

that frequently entail larger exposure to risk, systematic<br />

political interference leading to poor lending<br />

and employment decisions, and internal operational<br />

deficiencies. All in all, the empirical literature suggests<br />

that the record of state banks as policy intervention<br />

tools is mixed, and their contribution to access to<br />

finance frequently comes with a cost. 57<br />

At the same time, some countries seem to have been<br />

able to introduce reasonable mandates and governance<br />

structures to state banks. Indeed, there is some research<br />

that indicates that once public banks are provided with<br />

clear mandates, strong governance structures, and the<br />

right incentives, they can play a positive role in<br />

mobilizing savings, expanding access, and reducing<br />

credit pro-cyclicality. State banks have played an<br />

important countercyclical role in the recent financial<br />

crisis in many countries.<br />

Good Practices and Examples<br />

State-owned banks may play a useful complementary role<br />

in the provision of credit to <strong>SME</strong>s. However, the successful<br />

cases usually involve legislation specifying clear mandates,<br />

sound governance structures with independent<br />

boards, clear performance criteria, the obligation to price<br />

loans according to risk, the obligation to generate a positive<br />

return, and the ability to recruit and retain qualified<br />

staff. In some cases, specific legislation or board directives<br />

stress that the bank will not compete directly with the<br />

private sector but will fill remaining gaps and target the<br />

segments that remain underserved. 58<br />

Clear mandates and strong corporate governance standards<br />

are essential for deflecting political interference.<br />

The failure of many state banks is explained primarily<br />

by political interference, unclear responsibilities from<br />

the different stakeholders, and lack of independence of<br />

the board of directors. The government should appoint<br />

a shareholder representative, which can be a minister<br />

or a high-level commission with two or three ministers.<br />

The shareholder representative should appoint the<br />

members of the board and communicate the expectations<br />

and priorities of the government that should be<br />

addressed by the bank. The members of the board of<br />

directors should be appointed for a fixed period of<br />

time, with some overlap among members. The members<br />

of the board should be elected according to the<br />

needs of the bank, which requires expertise on <strong>SME</strong><br />

lending. The board of directors should have the power<br />

to appoint and remove the CEO.<br />

56 Rocha, Farazi, Khouri, and Pearce. 2011. “Bank Financing for <strong>SME</strong>s in the MENA Region: Evidence from a Joint Survey of the World Bank<br />

and the Union of Arab Banks.” <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper 5607. March. The World Bank. Washington, DC.<br />

57 See e.g. Micco, Panizza, and Yañez, 2004. “Bank Ownership and Performance” Inter- American Development Bank, Research<br />

Department Working Paper 518 OECD (2009); Farazi, Feyen, and Rocha. 2011. “Bank Ownership and Performance in the Middle East and<br />

North Africa Region.” <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper Series 5620. The World Bank, Washington DC; Micco, Panizza, and Yañez. 2007.<br />

“Bank Ownership and Performance: Does Politics Matter?” Journal of Banking and <strong>Finance</strong>. 31 (1): 219–41, and Levy-Yeiati, Micco, and<br />

Panizza, 2007. “A Reappraisal of State-Owned Banks” Economica 7(2), 209-247, as well as the references provided therein.<br />

58 Rudolph, Heinz P. 2009. “State Financial Institutions: Mandates, Governance, and Beyond.” <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper 5141. The<br />

World Bank. Washington DC.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

51<br />

Box: Examples of State Banks Performing Their <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Mandates<br />

Example 1: The Development Bank of Canada<br />

The Development Bank of Canada (BDC) provides support to businesses in all stages of development, with focus on<br />

riskier segments than those targeted by commercial banks, including <strong>SME</strong>s. Since 1944, the starting year, BDC has<br />

provided financing of CD 15 billion dollars, reaching about 28,000 <strong>SME</strong>s. Because its pricing policy reflects the risk<br />

of the borrower, loans from BDC are generally more expensive than loans from commercial banks. BDC has pioneered<br />

innovative solutions for entrepreneurs. It was the first institution to offer flexible long-term loans to businesses<br />

and one of the first banks to offer an integrated approach to small business development through financing<br />

and advice. While its non-performing loans are higher than those of its peers due to higher-risk clients, revenues are<br />

sufficient to ensure a positive return on equity – BDC is legally required to generate a return at least equal to the<br />

long-term government cost of funding. BDC played an important countercyclical role during the financial crisis: its<br />

lending increased by about 50 percent in 2010 through replacement of departing lenders in syndicated arrangements;<br />

it participated in new deals on a 50/50 basis; it purchased of commercial mortgages; and it created a line of<br />

credit guarantee. In addition, BDC supported a government program for purchasing asset-backed securities.<br />

Although BDC increased its risk tolerance during the crisis, it was able to continue generating positive returns due to<br />

its sophisticated risk management system.<br />

Example 2: Chile’s Banco Estado<br />

Banco Estado targets <strong>SME</strong>s and segments of the population not generally served by commercial banks. The Chilean<br />

government supported Banco Estado in its early years, but later transformed it into an autonomous bank. Banco<br />

Estado has since competed in an open financial market and reinvests its profits for growth. Pricing policy is based on<br />

market references and the bank is forbidden by law to subsidize credit operations or lend to state institutions. Banco<br />

Estado is required to have a return on equity aligned with the average of the banking industry. In association with<br />

private partners, Banco Estado has been efficient in using its wide branch network to provide access to <strong>SME</strong>s and<br />

low-income households. During the financial crisis, Banco Estado played an important countercyclical role by providing<br />

credit to companies and individuals that had lost access to credit. This role is reflected in an increase in its market<br />

share from 13 to 16 percent of total assets between December 2008 and November 2009. The sound financial position<br />

of bank at the beginning of the crisis and the timely capitalization of the bank (USD 500 million) were essential<br />

for enhancing its lending capacity and filling a countercyclical role.<br />

Example 3: Morocco’s Crédit Populaire<br />

The Crédit Populaire du Maroc (CPM) has succeeded in serving <strong>SME</strong>s thanks to its proximity to clients and a unique<br />

governance structure adapted from the French Banques Populaires. It is one of the largest Moroccan banks, accounting<br />

for one fourth of the nation’s banking assets. <strong>SME</strong> finance has been a significant source of profits due to a reasonable<br />

credit quality, effective pricing, and an inexpensive funding base. A specific law lays out the foundations for<br />

effective governance by clearly defining the CPM’s mandate and establishing checks and balances between the head<br />

office and its cooperative members. The CPM group includes a listed joint stock bank (Banque Centrale Populaire<br />

(BCP)) and 10 regional cooperative banks (Banques Populaires Régionales (BPR)), responsible for most retail activities,<br />

including <strong>SME</strong> finance. The State is the main shareholder of the group, but a reform implemented in 2000<br />

enhanced the role and influence of the regional cooperative banks. These are medium-sized regional institutions<br />

owned by their customers and with strong ties to their regions, defining BPR’s strategies and products. Economies<br />

of scale are achieved by developing systems at the group level (e.g. for Basel II implementation) while ensuring they<br />

are tailored to local needs.


52 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

State banks will only be able to perform their <strong>SME</strong><br />

finance mandate effectively if they have in place proper<br />

lending and risk management technologies. This<br />

requires the presence of adequate human capital and<br />

operational systems that allow them to measure and<br />

price risks fairly. In order to ensure efficiency, state<br />

banks should be free to set their compensation policies<br />

and compete with other banks for qualified staff, and<br />

not be submitted to public sector employment practices<br />

and wage scales. The box on page 51 provides<br />

examples of three state banks that have performed reasonably<br />

well with their <strong>SME</strong> lending mandates.<br />

Challenges and Priorities for LDCs<br />

The enabling environment for finance in LDCs tends<br />

to be quite weak, due to deficient institutional and<br />

legal frameworks, poor financial infrastructure, and<br />

limited supervisory capacity. These conditions tend<br />

to imply more frequent and severe market failures<br />

that would justify more policy interventions, but the<br />

same conditions also imply a more limited capacity to<br />

implement these interventions effectively.<br />

There are no easy solutions to this policy conundrum.<br />

Arguably, credit guarantee schemes may be a more<br />

effective mechanism than state bank lending to expand<br />

access to <strong>SME</strong>s in LDCs, as the schemes are probably<br />

offered in middle-income countries. In the LDCs<br />

where state banks already exist and perform an access<br />

role, or where they are being created, policy-makers<br />

must follow the same best practices that have been<br />

identified for this type of intervention, and possibly<br />

take additional precautionary measures to avoid excessive<br />

political interference in these banks. The next section<br />

identifies good practices and examples for state<br />

bank interventions, while the last section identifies<br />

some additional measures and options for LDCs.<br />

As in the case of middle-income countries, if there is a<br />

rationale for a market intervention to expand <strong>SME</strong><br />

finance in LDCs, it is possible that this could be better<br />

achieved by a well-designed credit guarantee scheme<br />

than by a new state bank (see next section). In the<br />

cases where state-owned banks already exist and play a<br />

role in <strong>SME</strong> finance, the first priority should be to<br />

ensure clear mandates and governance structures. It is<br />

preferable to have a specialized <strong>SME</strong> state bank funded<br />

by the budget and/or donors than a deposit-taking<br />

bank. Although there is no evidence that specialized<br />

state banks perform better than deposit-taking state<br />

banks, this construction would limit the potential<br />

damage that could be caused by excessive political<br />

interference and/or the limited regulatory and supervisory<br />

capacity in LDCs.<br />

In the LDCs where there is a state bank operating side by<br />

side with a credit guarantee scheme, the role and target<br />

markets of the two institutions should be well defined.<br />

C.3.2: APEXES AND OTHER WHOLESALE<br />

FUNDING FACILITIES<br />

Second-tier institutions or funding facilities that channel<br />

funding (grants, loans, guarantees) to multiple providers<br />

in a single country or region are widely used to<br />

support the development of microfinance and <strong>SME</strong><br />

finance. These “apex” facilities are attractive because<br />

they permit donors to pass the difficult and time-consuming<br />

task of <strong>SME</strong> selection to a local institution that is<br />

assumed to have the requisite skills. However, they have<br />

a mixed track record in terms of effectiveness, results,<br />

and fund utilization. Their main funding instrument is<br />

local currency debt. They are mostly funded by governments,<br />

international donors, or a mix of both. 59<br />

Standards, Best Practices, and Examples<br />

Direct lending in the form of soft loans/line of credit/<br />

co-financing/equity funds will likely continue to be a<br />

popular intervention in the <strong>SME</strong> finance space due to its<br />

simple structure and faster implementation. However,<br />

the impact of many of these programs has been limited<br />

due to the subsidy and political components associated<br />

59 Sources: CGAP Brief: “Apexes: An Important Source of Local Funding”, March 2010, and 2011 ongoing CGAP Apex research.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

53<br />

with them. More research needs to be conducted on the<br />

impact of the variety of directed lending programs that<br />

have been implemented globally. Furthermore, guidelines<br />

for designing such programs should be developed<br />

in order to maximize their impact while minimizing<br />

the subsidy component, political interference, and<br />

crowding-out effects on the private sector. To further<br />

minimize their market distorting effect, an optimal exit<br />

strategy for such programs is also necessary.<br />

In the case of apex funds for micro and <strong>SME</strong> finance,<br />

research has suggested several preconditions for successful<br />

application of the apex model. These include:<br />

• Funding the development of sustainable finance<br />

providers (such as banks), including building<br />

capacity and technical expertise of the apex staff<br />

and of its clients;<br />

• Ensuring the apex institution has a strong independent<br />

governance structure able to guarantee delivery<br />

of its mandated functions;<br />

Apex “Lessons Learned” 60<br />

• Apexes have been effective where they have set high performance standards for their financing to financial institutions<br />

(FIs), thus focusing investment on only the highest potential FIs that have the capacity to build large-scale, financially<br />

viable operations.<br />

• Apexes have contributed to the sustainable growth of institutions that provide access to finance for poor households<br />

and <strong>SME</strong>s. In some cases, apexes have contributed to overheated markets by putting too much emphasis on<br />

disbursements and outreach rather than quality.<br />

• Some apexes have gone beyond their role as a wholesaler in contributing to the growth of microfinance industries, for<br />

example by building the institutional capacity of the institutions to which they lend or by playing an important role<br />

in the elaboration of new regulations.<br />

• Apexes have often funded too many institutions that had limited chances of becoming sustainable. It is important for<br />

apexes to select the right institutions and to have the appropriate tools to measure the performance of their clients.<br />

Technical assistance and training should be provided to FIs in order to increase the absorption capacity, growth<br />

potential, and sustainability of the microfinance sector. However, grants for technical assistance represent a very<br />

small percentage of overall apex funding and apexes do not always have the internal capacity to take on that function.<br />

• Financing should fit each FI and bank’s cash-flow needs, institutional capacity, and past performance.<br />

• High quality apex management and well-trained staff are key to success.<br />

• Apex boards must be sufficiently independent from political influence, and include members from the private sector<br />

or civil society.<br />

• When managed well, apexes can crowd commercial investment for FIs by demonstrating their repayment capacity<br />

at commercial interest rates.<br />

• Funding from apexes can prove useful in times of international liquidity squeezes, as was the case during the global<br />

financial crisis.<br />

• As markets mature, apexes need to look for ways to add value and a positive market development role. Apex<br />

institutions can be considered as local development finance institutions with a role of filling market gaps and spurring<br />

on market development for the benefit of the un-banked poor and <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

60 Sources: Duflos, Eric & El Zoghbi, Mayada “Apexes: An Important Source of Local Funding”, March 2010, (http://www.cgap.org/p/<br />

site/c/template.rc/1.9.43025/ ) and Forthcoming: Forster, Sarah and Duflos, Eric “Reassessing the Role of Apexes: Findings and<br />

Lessons Learned”, CGAP 2011; Pearce, Douglas, 2002, “Lessons Learned from the World Bank -supported Apex Facility in Bosnia”;<br />

2009, “Focus on Apexes”; Levy, Fred, 2001, “Apex Institutions in Microfinance”; CGAP Occasional Paper, No. 6. Also: Vega, Claudio<br />

Gonzalez, 1998, “Microfinance Apex Mechanisms: Review of the evidence and policy recommendations.”


54 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

• Applying a funding policy based on clear selection criteria,<br />

such as portfolio quality, depth of outreach, management<br />

quality, and progress toward eventual<br />

sustainability (along with the authority to discontinue<br />

funding to institutions that fail to meet these criteria);<br />

• Offering commercial interest rates;<br />

• Ensuring that the apex does not create over-heating<br />

through unsustainable growth in <strong>SME</strong> lending, that<br />

could lead to <strong>SME</strong> borrower over-indebtedness;<br />

• Providing the capacity to evolve and adapt its mission<br />

and products according to market maturity;<br />

• Including flexible and market reactive disbursement<br />

plans, and;<br />

• Providing high quality operational management and<br />

staff skills.<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

Apexes can be a powerful tool to advance financial<br />

access to <strong>SME</strong>s and poor households, in particular<br />

when the regulatory environment for the sector is<br />

still weak, and they are increasingly favored by<br />

Successful examples of apex facilities<br />

South Asia Regional Apex (SARA) Fund (India)<br />

South Asian Regional Apex Fund (SARA), launched in 1995, is a $25 million fund primarily focused on growth investments<br />

in <strong>SME</strong>s engaged in technology, manufacturing, media, and retailing. Contributors to the SARA Fund include<br />

multi-lateral institutions like IFC in Washington, Japan Bank for International Corporation, Asian Development Bank,<br />

and Indian institutions like ICICI, Industrial Development Bank of India, Small Industries Development Bank of India,<br />

and Punjab & Sindh Bank.<br />

While the Fund was originally conceived with a development orientation, and had a specific allocation for smaller<br />

developments in early stage companies, the portfolio was optimized, and since mid-1998, SARA has invested across<br />

technology, media, distribution, biotechnology, and telecommunications. SARA is currently invested across 26 companies<br />

to which it is fully committed. The Fund has exited from 19 of its investments, generating a gross return of 15<br />

percent for its contributors.<br />

Funding Facility – European Union (EU) and European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD) <strong>SME</strong><br />

<strong>Finance</strong> Facility<br />

The EU and EBRD <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> Facility is a regional facility, created in 1999, consisting of EBRD-funded loans to participating<br />

financial intermediaries (banks or leasing companies) in order to on-lend to eligible <strong>SME</strong>s for investment and<br />

working capital needs. EBRD supports the loans with comprehensive technical assistance programs, and grants funded<br />

by the EU are aimed at developing the capacity of FIs to engage in <strong>SME</strong> finance on a sustainable basis. As a result,<br />

EBRD funds have financed over 100,000 loans, with an average individual loan size of USD 30,000. Technical assistance<br />

funds have been used to train more than 7,300 FI staff across all areas of their business (sales, credit analysis,<br />

management, back-office support, etc.). The FIs graduate from the EU grant support under the Facility after 5 years,<br />

and the majority of these institutions continue to provide finance to the <strong>SME</strong> segment as a key strategic market.<br />

Funding Facility – European Investment Bank <strong>SME</strong> APEX Facility (Turkey)<br />

The facility was designed to provide medium- to long-term finance for fixed asset investments of <strong>SME</strong>s. The loan was<br />

secured from the European Investment Bank and TSKB, a privately owned Turkish development bank, which designed<br />

the structure and was the borrower of the loan. Turkey’s treasury guaranteed TSKB’s obligations and TSKB acted as<br />

wholesale (APEX) bank, providing credit lines to approved banks and leasing companies (AFIs) for on-lending to<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s. AFIs manage project risk assessments and submit loan/leasing applications to TSKB. Minimum leasing/loan<br />

maturities are 4–6 years (including a 1-year grace period) and loans up to 50 percent of investment cost. The program<br />

financed USD 216 million to almost 350 <strong>SME</strong>s.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

55<br />

governments and public funders. In several countries<br />

(e.g., India, Bangladesh, Colombia, Mali, Afghanistan)<br />

they have contributed to increasing financial access.<br />

But poorly designed apexes can waste time money<br />

and fail to meet their own goals. While each country<br />

has a different context that affects the success of an<br />

apex, the lessons outlined above can help governments<br />

and funders avoid major pitfalls.<br />

C.3.3 PARTIAL CREDIT GUARANTEE<br />

SCHEMES<br />

Many countries operate partial credit guarantee<br />

schemes (PCGs). In developed countries, such schemes<br />

have been operational for several decades, while their<br />

use in developing countries is more recent. Credit<br />

guarantee schemes can be organized in different ways<br />

but their core objective is the same: to guarantee the<br />

loans offered by a financial institution to a borrower<br />

subject to both the payment of a premium and a range<br />

of other rules and conditions. When default occurs,<br />

the lender is compensated by the guarantor as per the<br />

initial agreement. In some arrangements, the guarantor<br />

can benefit from a counter-guarantee from a higher<br />

level guarantee institution that is also subject to the<br />

payment of a premium.<br />

Credit guarantee schemes are one of the most marketfriendly<br />

types of interventions, as private financial<br />

institutions usually retain a primary role in the screening<br />

of borrowers and final lending decision. Unlike<br />

other types of interventions, such as state banks or<br />

directed lending arrangements, they may generate<br />

fewer distortions in the credit market and may lead to<br />

better credit allocation outcomes 61 ). Guarantee schemes<br />

may prove an effective vehicle for reaching underserved<br />

groups such as start-ups and small firms. They<br />

may also generate positive externalities by encouraging<br />

banks to get into the <strong>SME</strong> market and improving their<br />

lending and risk management systems. Guarantee<br />

schemes have also been used for countercyclical<br />

purposes and the recent financial crisis highlighted the<br />

importance of this countercyclical role.<br />

Credit guarantee schemes can be organized in different<br />

ways, such as mutual guarantee institutions, credit<br />

guarantee banks, or credit guarantee funds owned and<br />

operated entirely by the public sector or by a combination<br />

of public and private shareholders. Some countries<br />

maintain different types of credit guarantee schemes.<br />

Mutual guarantee institutions are typically private institutions<br />

with a mutual legal structure created by the beneficiary<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s. Their capital is provided directly by the <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

that apply for a loan guarantee in the form of cooperative<br />

or mutual shares. Each member has equal voting rights in<br />

electing the general assembly and board of directors.<br />

Mutual guarantee institutions are usually run by entrepreneurs,<br />

bringing an <strong>SME</strong> perspective to risk assessment<br />

and management. They are very common in Europe but<br />

also exist in some emerging countries.<br />

Guarantee banks are legally structured as private foundations<br />

or joint stock companies, and can be owned by<br />

a variety of private shareholders such as chambers of<br />

commerce and industry, commercial or savings banks,<br />

banking associations, and insurance companies. They<br />

can be regulated and supervised as other financial<br />

institutions. Guarantee banks are an important component<br />

of the German credit guarantee system.<br />

Partial credit guarantee schemes created, funded, and<br />

managed by the public sector (the government and/<br />

or the central bank) are one of the most common<br />

types of guarantee schemes. They are usually legally<br />

independent entities and can be managed independently<br />

or by another public institution such as a state<br />

development bank or state development fund. In<br />

many cases, the ownership structure is mixed, combining<br />

the state, commercial banks, and other private<br />

shareholders. In a few cases, participating banks are<br />

the dominant shareholders.<br />

61 Beck and De la Torre, 2006


56 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Good Practices and Examples<br />

To jumpstart and nurture <strong>SME</strong> lending in LDCs, policymakers<br />

may consider the creation of a credit guarantee<br />

fund in partnership with the private sector and international<br />

donors. The guarantee fund should be a<br />

legally independent entity governed by a board of<br />

directors that comprises representatives from the government,<br />

the private sector (mostly banks), and donor<br />

agencies. It is important to engage participating banks<br />

early on to increase the fund’s capital and ensure an<br />

effective use of the guarantees. It is also essential to<br />

engage international partners to ensure the required<br />

financial and technical assistance in the start-up phase.<br />

The credit guarantee fund should be supervised by the<br />

central bank.<br />

The credit guarantee fund should operate with simple<br />

and transparent rules and procedures. The final decision<br />

on the applications should not exceed two weeks.<br />

Eligibility criteria should be transparent, possibly<br />

based on turnover or number of employees. The board<br />

will have to decide, however, whether it is ready to<br />

accept applications from early start-ups with no performance<br />

history. This is a non-trivial decision that has<br />

to be made locally. The board will also have to decide<br />

whether the decision on the approval and rejection of<br />

the guarantee will be disclosed to the borrower. The<br />

Afghani and Palestinian guarantee schemes discussed<br />

in the box on page 57 do not disclose this decision to<br />

the borrowers in an attempt to avoid moral hazard, but<br />

there are advantages in maintaining an open and transparent<br />

application and decision-making policy.<br />

Partial credit guarantee schemes structured as separate<br />

funds and owned by the public or private sectors are<br />

one of the most common forms of guarantee schemes<br />

worldwide. There is no research comparing the performance<br />

of state versus private-controlled guarantee<br />

schemes, but the presence of private banks in the ownership<br />

structure not only brings more capital to the<br />

scheme but may also generate other advantages such as<br />

a business orientation and effective peer monitoring.<br />

The Lebanese Kafalat scheme is the largest <strong>SME</strong> credit<br />

guarantee scheme in the Middle East and North Africa<br />

region and provides a relevant example of a privatelyowned<br />

scheme that has generated reasonable outcomes.<br />

It has a good outreach, has generated positive<br />

returns on equity for the past several years, and has<br />

retained and reinvested all of its profits in newly issued<br />

guarantees. 62<br />

Legal and ownership structures are important aspects<br />

of a guarantee scheme, but the effectiveness of any<br />

scheme will also depend fundamentally on its rules<br />

and procedures, such as eligibility criteria, fees, coverage<br />

ratios, and payment rules. Guarantee schemes may<br />

add limited value and prove costly when they are not<br />

designed and implemented carefully. Loose criteria,<br />

low fees, and overly generous coverage ratios and payment<br />

rules may result in the provision of guarantees to<br />

enterprises that would have obtained credit anyway.<br />

They may also result in financial imbalances requiring<br />

large and recurrent government contributions.<br />

The optimal design of a credit guarantee scheme<br />

depends to a good extent on country-specific conditions,<br />

including the quality of the legal framework and<br />

financial infrastructure, as well as the sophistication of<br />

lending institutions. However, reviews of credit guarantee<br />

schemes worldwide have identified a number of<br />

general principles that should be considered by all<br />

schemes in order to ensure positive outcomes, including<br />

outreach (number of credit-constrained <strong>SME</strong>s that<br />

benefit from the scheme), additionality (capacity to<br />

target guarantees to credit-constrained <strong>SME</strong>s), and<br />

financial sustainability (capacity to avoid excessive net<br />

losses and recurrent recapitalizations by the state).<br />

The box below summarizes the key features of welldesigned<br />

guarantee schemes, while the box on page 57<br />

provides specific examples of well-designed schemes<br />

in high-, middle-, and low-income countries (Chile,<br />

West Bank and Gaza, and Afghanistan).<br />

62 Saadani, Youssef, Zsofia Arvai, and Roberto Rocha (2010) provide a review of PCGs in the Middle East and North Africa region.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

57<br />

Box: Examples of Credit Guarantee Schemes<br />

Example of an Upper-Middle-Income Country: FOGAPE (Chile)<br />

FOGAPE is a partial credit guarantee scheme operated by Banco Estado, a large state-owned bank in Chile (see<br />

previous section). It provides partial guarantees on <strong>SME</strong> loans extended by commercial banks and counter-guarantees<br />

to mutual guarantee associations. FOGAPE targets <strong>SME</strong>s who lack collateral or need longer maturities. FOGAPE<br />

functions in many aspects as a traditional guarantee scheme by sharing the risk of default on eligible loans and<br />

charging a guarantee premium. However, FOGAPE is also unique by having pioneered a new approach for allocating<br />

guarantees among participating banks. Every year FOGAPE conducts four to six auctions where each bank submits<br />

a bid indicating the amount of guarantee it wants to receive and the minimum coverage ratio it is willing to accept.<br />

Coverage ratios fluctuated around 70 percent before the financial crisis, increased to about 80 percent during 2009<br />

and 2010, but recently declined to pre-crisis levels. Banks pay a premium that depends on their historical default and<br />

claims performance and that typically varies between 1 and 2 percent of the outstanding balance. Banks with high<br />

default rates can be excluded from the scheme. FOGAPE has been financially sustainable, due to the auctioning of<br />

coverage ratios, the risk-related fees, and a very reasonable average net loss ratio of 1.5 percent of guarantees. A<br />

number of empirical studies have concluded that the scheme provides additionality and has a positive developmental<br />

impact. During the financial crisis, the Chilean Government increased FOGAPE’s capital by a significant amount<br />

to enable the scheme to play a substantive countercyclical role. In 2010 FOGAPE’s volume of guarantees to M<strong>SME</strong>s<br />

reached USD 1.8 billion for a total financing of around 2.7 USD billion.<br />

Example of a Lower-Middle-Income Country: The European-Palestinian Credit Guarantee Fund (West Bank/Gaza)<br />

The European-Palestinian Credit Guarantee Fund (EPCGF) was created in 2005 and funded by the German<br />

Government, the European Commission, and the European Investment Bank. It was designed to jumpstart <strong>SME</strong> lending<br />

in a very challenging environment that had resulted in very limited bank lending and practically no lending to<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s. It targets <strong>SME</strong>s with less than 20 employees but avoids start-ups due to the perception of excessive risks in<br />

this segment. The scheme provides a coverage ratio of 60 percent, a maximum loan amount of USD 100,000, and a<br />

1 percent up-front fee complemented by a 1.5 percent annual commission on the outstanding guarantee. It provides<br />

guarantees on loans with maturities from 1 to 5 years and does not impose interest rate caps. It has streamlined procedures<br />

for approval of guarantees and payment of claims that enhanced its credibility among banks. The guarantees<br />

are not disclosed to the borrowers in order to enhance discipline.<br />

Example of a Low-Income Country: The <strong>SME</strong> Credit Guarantee Facility for Afghanistan (Afghanistan)<br />

The <strong>SME</strong> Credit Guarantee Facility for Afghanistan was created in 2005 and funded by the United States Agency for<br />

International Development (USAID) and the German Government. Like its Palestinian counterpart, it was created to<br />

jumpstart <strong>SME</strong> lending in a challenging environment and shares some of characteristics. It provides a coverage ratio<br />

of 72 percent, charges risk-related fees, does not impose interest rate caps, and does not disclose the guarantees to<br />

the borrowers to enhance discipline. Also like the Palestinian scheme, it introduced from the start a substantive<br />

capacity-building program, including assistance to the establishment of dedicated <strong>SME</strong> units in the banks. It succeeded<br />

in boosting <strong>SME</strong> lending from negligible levels and has an NPL ratio of only 1.3 percent of the outstanding<br />

stock of guarantees. The program has provided financing for USD 37 million, reaching more than 1,200 <strong>SME</strong>s.


58 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Mutual guarantee institutions have a similar structure<br />

in most European countries and seem to have contributed<br />

to more access to credit and lower interest rates<br />

for participating <strong>SME</strong>s. However, recent research of<br />

Italian mutual guarantee institutions also shows that<br />

these institutions produce better outcomes where they<br />

remain local and private. An increase in the number of<br />

firms/shareholders tends to create free riding problems<br />

and erode the positive selection and peer-monitoring<br />

effects. The increased participation of the state in the<br />

funding of mutual guarantee institutions also tends to<br />

erode peer monitoring and payments discipline. 63 These<br />

are important findings for other countries envisaging<br />

this type of guarantee scheme.<br />

Challenges and Priorities for LDCs<br />

As mentioned in the preceding section, the enabling<br />

environment for finance in LDCs tends to be weak,<br />

due to deficient institutional and legal frameworks,<br />

Box: Key Features of Well-Designed Credit Guarantee Schemes 64<br />

Eligibility criteria: Guarantee schemes should target <strong>SME</strong>s through reasonable ceilings on turnover, number of<br />

employees, and/or size of the loan. However, restrictions on sectors or types of loans should be avoided.<br />

Approval rules and procedures: Approval procedures should be streamlined and result in final approval or rejection<br />

of the application within a period of two weeks.<br />

Collateral and equity rules: PCGs should be allowed to require collateral, although subject to reasonable limits, and<br />

should be allowed to require minimum equity for riskier exposures.<br />

Coverage ratios: Coverage ratios should ensure sufficient protection against default risk while maintaining strong<br />

incentives for effective loan origination and monitoring. Coverage ratios ranging from 50 to 80 percent are common,<br />

with ratios typically increasing with the maturity of the loans (lower for working capital loans, higher for investment<br />

loans) and decreasing with the age of company (higher for start-ups, lower for more established firms).<br />

Fees: Fees should be risk-based and contribute to the financial sustainability of the scheme.<br />

Payment rules and procedures: Payment rules should take into account the effectiveness of the collateral and insolvency<br />

regimes. Schemes in developed countries can base payments on realized losses, but schemes on most emerging<br />

countries need to base payments on default events while ensuring incentives for effective debt collection.<br />

Risk management: Strong risk management capacity is key to ensure that guarantees reach targeted borrowers and<br />

ensure the financial sustainability of the scheme.<br />

Capacity building: PCGs can play a fundamental capacity building role in LDCs, for <strong>SME</strong>s, and commercial banks.<br />

Evaluation mechanism: Comprehensive evaluation mechanisms are best practices to measure a PCG scheme’s<br />

achievements in terms of outreach, additionality, and sustainability.<br />

Supervision: Many PCGs are supervised by central banks in order to ensure the soundness of their operations.<br />

Risk weighting for banks’ prudential requirements: A well-designed and financially robust guarantee scheme<br />

should allow bank regulators to assign a lower risk weight to exposures that are covered by the guarantee.<br />

63 Columba, Francesco, Leonardo Gambacorta, and Paolo Emilio Mistrulli. 2009. “Mutual Guarantee Institutions and Small Business<br />

<strong>Finance</strong>.” BIS Working Papers No. 290, Bank of International Settlements, Basel.<br />

64 See, e.g., Green, Anke. 2003. “Credit Guarantee Schemes for Small Enterprises: An Effective Instrument to Promote Private Sector-Led<br />

Growth?” Working Paper No. 10, United Nations Industrial Development Organization; available at http://www.unido.org/fileadmin/<br />

import/18223_PSDseries10.pdf; and Saadani, Youssef, Roberto Rocha and Zsofia Arvai 2010, “Assessing Credit Guarantee Schemes in<br />

the Middle East and North Africa,” World Bank, available at http://blogs.worldbank.org/files/allaboutfinance/MENA%20Flagship%20<br />

Credit%20Guarantee%20Schemes%20Final.pdf


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

59<br />

poor financial infrastructure, and limited supervisory<br />

capacity. Well-designed and targeted policy<br />

interventions may be well justified in these cases.<br />

Moreover, credit guarantee schemes may be one of<br />

the most effective mechanisms to address market failures<br />

and expand <strong>SME</strong> lending, as they rely primarily<br />

on private banks for screening and monitoring potential<br />

<strong>SME</strong> borrowers.<br />

At the same time, the low institutional development<br />

and human resource constraints of LDCs imply a<br />

limited capacity to run these schemes effectively. In<br />

addition, private banks may have better incentives<br />

than state banks to screen and monitor potential<br />

borrowers, but may lack the human resources and<br />

technologies to conduct these activities effectively.<br />

These limitations have important implications for<br />

the formulation of the objectives of guarantee<br />

schemes in LDCs, as well as the design of their rules<br />

and procedures. More specifically, capacity building<br />

should be one of the key objectives of PCGs in LDCs.<br />

Also, the low institutional capacity of LDCs implies<br />

the need for simpler scheme designs. Finally,<br />

introducing effective guarantee schemes in LDCs<br />

requires substantial technical assistance from<br />

donors, especially in the early stages of implementation.<br />

Afghanistan and Palestine provide relevant<br />

examples of PCGs that have performed well in challenging<br />

environments.<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s’ Access to Public Procurement in<br />

the EU<br />

A recent European Commission study estimates the<br />

total value of contracts awarded in the EU for the period<br />

2006-2008 at about 876 billion euro. From this total,<br />

the estimated total value of contracts awarded to <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

is 34 percent. The differences among countries are<br />

large. Countries with high <strong>SME</strong> shares are Bulgaria,<br />

Latvia, Malta, Luxembourg, and Greece, ranging from<br />

79 percent in Bulgaria to 52 percent in Greece. Countries<br />

with low <strong>SME</strong> participation are Czech Republic, Spain,<br />

Portugal, and the United Kingdom, all with less than 25<br />

percent. As a general trend, <strong>SME</strong>s are more dominant in<br />

smaller countries.<br />

The share of <strong>SME</strong>s in public procurement is 18 percentage<br />

points lower that their overall share in the EU economy,<br />

calculated on the basis of their combined turnover<br />

(52%). But performance differs according to <strong>SME</strong> size.<br />

While the medium-sized enterprises’ share of public<br />

procurement (17%) is close to their share in the economy<br />

(19%), the micro and small enterprises lag considerably<br />

behind their role in the economy. Micro- enterprises<br />

account for about 6 percent of the contract value in<br />

public procurement versus a 17 percent of total turnover,<br />

while small enterprises trail behind by 5 percentage<br />

points. This indicates that micro and small firms<br />

face more barriers to accessing public contracts than<br />

do medium-sized firms.<br />

Source: Evaluation of <strong>SME</strong>s’ access to public procurement markets<br />

in the EU, 2010<br />

C.3.4 GOVERNMENT PROCUREMENT FROM<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s<br />

The public sector is a significant buyer of services<br />

and goods from <strong>SME</strong>s, with common examples<br />

being repair and maintenance contracts, office supplies,<br />

catering supplies, transport services, and so<br />

on. Governments also provide indirect payments in<br />

the form of benefits, salaries, or pensions, to households<br />

of <strong>SME</strong> entrepreneurs. <strong>SME</strong>s have potential to<br />

use invoices and supply contracts with the public<br />

sector, as with the private sector, to secure access to<br />

financing, for example through factoring, or through<br />

use of the contract as collateral for a loan. The<br />

government can introduce mechanisms to facilitate<br />

this access to finance, as outlined in this section.<br />

Governments can also adopt a critical lesson learned<br />

from the recent global financial crisis, which is that<br />

by paying <strong>SME</strong>s promptly, and expanding the proportion<br />

of goods and services procured from <strong>SME</strong>s,<br />

governments can contribute directly to <strong>SME</strong> creditworthiness<br />

and viability. For example, as a result of<br />

the global financial crisis, <strong>SME</strong>s in OECD countries<br />

were confronted with a decrease in demand for goods<br />

and services, and an increase in payment delays on<br />

receivables. This resulted in a shortage of working


60 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Facilitating Business Transactions through Public Trading Platforms: Chile Compra<br />

Chile Compra is a public, electronic system for purchasing and hiring that started operations in 2003. It is based on<br />

an internet platform and caters to companies, public organizations, and regular citizens alike. Currently, Chile Compra<br />

is the largest business-to-business site in Chile, with more than 850 purchasing organizations, including businesses,<br />

government ministries, public services, hospitals, municipalities, the military, the Lower Chamber of the Chilean<br />

Parliament, and universities.<br />

In an average month, 40,000 companies are registered and more than 150,000 business negotiations transacted. A<br />

total of 8,141 government employees use this system. During 2010, registered companies announced 365,397 purchases<br />

and issued 1,894,477 purchase orders. 2010 ended with US$6.5 billion in transactions.<br />

Registered companies are mostly microenterprises (68 percent of the total) and <strong>SME</strong>s (29 percent). Large firms only<br />

make up 3 percent. However, large firms provide 45 percent of the total volume purchased, <strong>SME</strong>s 37 percent, and<br />

microenterprises 18 percent. The share of micro and small firms is remarkable, as their participation in government<br />

purchases is double their overall share in the Chilean economy.<br />

The Chile Compra system is exposing some of the myths associated with the use of advanced technology, by actively<br />

involving everyday people, and low-income microenterprise operators, who are entering the electronic trade<br />

platform.<br />

Sources: Rioseco, and Andrés Navarro Haeussler. 2006. “Information and Communication Technologies in Chile: Past Efforts, Future<br />

Challenges.” Global Information Technology Report 2006, Hampshire: Palgrave, Macmillan. pp. 71–87. Analiza Chile Compra webpage.<br />

capital and decrease in liquidity. According to an<br />

OECD study, 65 43 percent of surveyed <strong>SME</strong>s in Belgium<br />

experienced extended delays in their receivables, and<br />

in the Netherlands 50 percent of <strong>SME</strong>s have to deal<br />

with longer payment terms from their customers. In<br />

New Zealand, the share of enterprises waiting over<br />

60 days for payment rose dramatically from 4.8 percent<br />

to 29.5 percent between February 2007 and 2008.<br />

Good Practices, Examples<br />

Governments can stimulate factoring and other sources<br />

of supply chain finance by creating a supportive regulatory<br />

and legal environment, such as electronic security<br />

and signature laws necessary for the quick and<br />

electronic sale of accounts receivable. Market structures,<br />

or platforms, can also be set up to facilitate<br />

supply chain and factoring transactions with <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Mexico’s NAFIN platform for factoring and value chain<br />

finance (outlined in section C.1.3), includes<br />

government invoices and contracts with <strong>SME</strong>s. NAFIN<br />

facilitates a form of “reverse” factoring, whereby <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

access finance based on the buyer’s creditworthiness,<br />

as well as access to earlier stage supply chain credit.<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s can also register as providers to the public sector,<br />

and access information, e-learning, and contracting<br />

opportunities through the NAFIN platform.<br />

In Chile, the electronic system for government purchases<br />

known as “Chile Compra” served as an important<br />

tool in the government countercyclical policy to<br />

support <strong>SME</strong>s. Chile Compra successfully addressed the<br />

objective of facilitating access of the domestic small<br />

companies to government purchases opportunities. The<br />

share of M<strong>SME</strong>s in the total volume of purchases<br />

increased from 49 percent in 2007 to 55 percent in<br />

2010. The share of <strong>SME</strong>s in government purchases is<br />

almost double the figures for the whole economy. Chile<br />

Compra contributed with savings of $180 million on<br />

government purchases and decreased suppliers transaction<br />

costs by $65 million in 2009. Further, the public<br />

65 The Impact of the Global Crisis on <strong>SME</strong> and Entrepreneurship Financing and <strong>Policy</strong> Responses. OECD 2009.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

61<br />

market contributed with 50,000 direct jobs and about<br />

200,000 indirect jobs in 2009. 66<br />

To address the problem of payment delays by government<br />

to <strong>SME</strong>s, and the possibility that delayed payments<br />

might lead to insolvencies, specific measures<br />

introduced by some OECD countries are:<br />

i) Legal moves to shorten payment delays and<br />

enforce payment discipline (France); and<br />

ii) Reduction of government payment delays<br />

(Australia, France, Hungary, Italy, the Netherlands,<br />

New Zealand, and United Kingdom).<br />

For example the U.K. government has cut payment<br />

delays to 10 days. Other governments are paying their<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s suppliers within 30 days or less, and the European<br />

Commission is revising the directive on payment<br />

delays in view of improving payment behavior. 67<br />

Challenges and Priorities for LDCs<br />

This approach can have particularly high impact where<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s are not well connected to supply chain finance,<br />

as is the case in many LDCs. Governments can use<br />

their role as buyers of goods and services from <strong>SME</strong>s to<br />

link those <strong>SME</strong>s to factoring, discounting, and contract-based<br />

financing. This in turn links <strong>SME</strong>s to financial<br />

services more broadly as an indirect result of<br />

improving their credit record.<br />

While some countries are already reforming the public<br />

procurement rules to provide a level playing field for <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

bidding for public contracts, 68 significant efforts may still<br />

be required to change public procurement practice and<br />

dismantle many barriers that discourage <strong>SME</strong>s from<br />

responding to tenders or even lead them to avoid such<br />

opportunities altogether. These include difficulties in<br />

obtaining information, lack of knowledge about tender<br />

procedures, the large size of the contracts, a short time span<br />

to prepare proposals and the cost of preparing them (since<br />

many costs are fixed, <strong>SME</strong>s face disproportionately high<br />

costs in comparison with larger enterprises), high administrative<br />

burdens, or unclear jargon used in tenders.<br />

C.3.5: <strong>SME</strong> CAPACITY, CREDITWORTHINESS<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s create jobs and income, contribute to poverty<br />

reduction, and help build a market-oriented economy.<br />

While <strong>SME</strong>s are a major source of employment and<br />

income for all countries, they are particularly important<br />

in developing economies, where <strong>SME</strong>s have the<br />

largest share of employment and job creation. 69<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s<br />

typically represent more than 90 percent of all firms<br />

outside the agricultural sector 70 and are responsible for<br />

more than 60 percent of employment and 60 percent<br />

of GDP in developing economies. 71<br />

The importance of <strong>SME</strong>s in developing markets contrasts<br />

with the multitude of constraints they face.<br />

Developing-economy <strong>SME</strong>s face an inter-related set of<br />

barriers that hamper their productivity growth, and<br />

thus their ability to contribute to economic and social<br />

development. Barriers to <strong>SME</strong> development fall into<br />

three general categories: business environment, knowhow,<br />

and finance. 72<br />

Problems in any one category tend<br />

to compound the obstacles in other areas. For example,<br />

limited managerial skills impede access to financial<br />

resources, and a poor business climate discourages<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s from investing in competitiveness.<br />

Research suggests that firms in emerging markets tend<br />

to have poorer management practices than those in<br />

66 According to the Chile Compra Strategic Plan 2010-2012.<br />

67 See The Impact of the Global Crisis on <strong>SME</strong> and Entrepreneurship Financing and <strong>Policy</strong> Responses. OECD 2009<br />

68 Such as the 2004 EU Directives reforming the public procurement rules<br />

69 Meghana Ayyagari, Asli Demirguc-Kunt and Vojislav Maksimovic, “Small vs. Young Firms across the World: Contribution to Employment,<br />

Job Creation, and Growth,” The World Bank Development Research Group (April 2011): 4.<br />

70 “Promoting <strong>SME</strong>s for Development: The Enabling Environment and Trade and Investment Capacity Building,” DAC Journal, Vol. 5, No. 2<br />

(2004): 29.<br />

71 “Why Support <strong>SME</strong>s?” International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation, World Bank Group (2010): 3.<br />

72 Michael Klein, “Promoting Small and Medium Enterprises: Their Importance and the Role of Development <strong>Finance</strong> Institutions in<br />

Supporting Them,” The Atrium Dialogues, DEG KfW Bankengruppe (November 2010): 12-13.


62 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

figure 3 Management Scores across<br />

Countries<br />

China<br />

India<br />

Greece<br />

Brazil<br />

Poland<br />

Great Britian<br />

Japan<br />

Sweden<br />

Germany<br />

United States<br />

2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 2.90 3.00 3.10 3.20 3.30 3.40<br />

Source: Bloom and Van Reenen (2010) Management scores,<br />

from 1 (worst practice) to 5 (best practice)<br />

developed economies. 73 Figure 5 highlights this gap in<br />

managerial skills between developed and developing<br />

markets.<br />

Several recent studies clearly demonstrate the impact of<br />

capacity building on management performance. For<br />

example, access to management training and consulting<br />

improved the productivity and increased the profitability<br />

of <strong>SME</strong>s in the textile industry in India. 74<br />

Similarly, a<br />

group of micro businesses and <strong>SME</strong>s in Mexico saw<br />

increases in productivity, sales, and profitability after<br />

participating in management consulting. 75 The conclusion<br />

is that managerial capital can be transmitted<br />

through such capacity-building services as training and<br />

Example: Management Matters – Evidence from India and Mexico<br />

A longstanding question in management science is whether differences in firm performance can be attributed to<br />

differences in management technique – does management matter? Several researchers have sought to answer this<br />

question by conducting experiments with small businesses in emerging markets.<br />

Bloom et al. investigated the impact of improved management practices on firm outcomes in India’s textile industry.<br />

They offered free management consulting to 28 textile plants and compared the performance of these plants against<br />

a control group that did not receive consulting services. The researchers observed that the firms that engaged management<br />

consultants increased productivity on average by 10.5 percent and profitability by 16.8 percent, primarily<br />

through higher efficiency and lower inventory levels. The study also found that lack of information was a key barrier<br />

to adoption of modern management practices. This suggests that training programs have a role to play in helping<br />

firms understand first how quality control, planning, and inventory management (among other practices) can<br />

improve business performance in general, and then how such practices can be applied profitably to their specific<br />

businesses.<br />

A similar study was carried out by Bruhn et al. in Puebla, Mexico, where micro businesses and <strong>SME</strong>s (M<strong>SME</strong>s) were<br />

offered subsidized management consulting services. Participating firms spanned the manufacturing, commerce and<br />

trade, and services sectors. Compared to a control group, firms that received management consulting saw a significant<br />

increase in their productivity and return on assets. Sales and profits also increased by more than 70 percent on<br />

average for those that worked with consultants (though this was influenced by a few outliers). The investigators even<br />

witnessed an improvement in intermediate business process variables: firms in the treatment group were 13 percent<br />

more likely to have launched a new marketing campaign and 7 percent more likely to keep formal accounts.<br />

Sources: Nicholas Bloom, Nicholas, Benn Eifert, Aprajit Mahajan, David McKenzie and John Roberts, “Does Management Matter?<br />

Evidence from India,” The World Bank Development Research Group (February 2011).<br />

Miriam Bruhn, Dean Karlan, and Antoinette Schoar, “Returns to Management Consulting for Micro, Small and Medium Size Enterprises<br />

in Mexico,” Innovations for Poverty Action.<br />

73 Nicholas Bloom and John Van Reenen, “Why do Management Practices Differ across Firms and Countries?” Journal of Economic<br />

Perspectives, Vol. 24, No. 1 (2010): 209.<br />

74 Nicholas Bloom, Benn Eifert, Aprajit Mahajan, David McKenzie and John Roberts, “Does Management Matter? Evidence from India,” The<br />

World Bank Development Research Group (February 2011).<br />

75 Miriam Bruhn, Dean Karlan, and Antoinette Schoar, “Returns to Management Consulting for Micro, Small and Medium Size Enterprises in<br />

Mexico,” Innovations for Poverty Action.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

63<br />

consulting. Improving <strong>SME</strong> business outcomes is a key<br />

reason to provide capacity building, as such improvements<br />

help generate economic growth and jobs.<br />

Standards, <strong>Guide</strong>lines and Good Practice<br />

An enabling business environment is the supporting<br />

architecture for a dynamic <strong>SME</strong> sector. Research from<br />

more than 45 developing and OECD countries indicates<br />

that when the enabling environment becomes<br />

more business friendly, <strong>SME</strong>s will be able to build<br />

managerial capacity and access financial resources. 76<br />

<strong>SME</strong> development “requires a crosscutting strategy” 77<br />

that is embedded in broader national goals concerning,<br />

for example, economic growth, poverty reduction,<br />

and women’s participation in business. Such a<br />

strategy should promote responsible macroeconomic<br />

policies on inflation and exchange rates – fluctuations<br />

in both have been found to impact <strong>SME</strong>s more than<br />

large businesses. 78<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s also benefit from an enabling<br />

microeconomic environment, which is the level at<br />

which firms interact with institutions, organizations,<br />

and markets. A sound microeconomic climate includes<br />

good governance, transparent legal and regulatory<br />

regimes, and access to a skilled workforce. Both macro<br />

and micro environments can improve <strong>SME</strong>s’ capacity<br />

to launch competitive business strategies. 79<br />

In <strong>SME</strong> market development, capacity-building services<br />

should be delivered to <strong>SME</strong>s through experienced<br />

local partners (e.g., training firms, banks, and consultants)<br />

rather than by governments, development institutions,<br />

or donors. There are several benefits to this<br />

practice: i) it leverages the market knowledge of local<br />

intermediaries who are better positioned to meet <strong>SME</strong><br />

needs; ii) it helps build markets for <strong>SME</strong> advisory services,<br />

rather than crowd out the private sector; and iii)<br />

Example: IFC’s Business Edge – Filling a<br />

Gap in the <strong>SME</strong> Training Market<br />

Business Edge is an IFC-owned training system designed<br />

to improve the management skills of <strong>SME</strong> owners and<br />

managers. This classroom-based program offers practical<br />

management training that is adapted to the local<br />

business context and delivered by a network of local<br />

partners. The goal of Business Edge is to improve the<br />

performance and competitiveness of <strong>SME</strong>s in order to<br />

generate jobs and income in the local economy. By<br />

using a franchise model, IFC avoids distorting the<br />

market, instead acting as a facilitator to strengthen the<br />

capacity of local training providers.<br />

Business Edge is a world-class training system that<br />

localizes global best practices in business management.<br />

The program consists of 36 different workshops and<br />

management workbooks in marketing, human<br />

resources, production and operations, finance and<br />

accounting, and productivity skills. It incorporates<br />

material sourced from the global market and is customized<br />

to fit the local business environment in terms of<br />

both training methodology and content (e.g., Arabic<br />

language plus local examples). Training providers are<br />

selected based on their track record in training and willingness<br />

to serve <strong>SME</strong>s. Trainers use Business Edge<br />

materials as a core in structuring their own innovative<br />

training programs. IFC certifies the training providers<br />

and monitors their performance, thus ensuring that<br />

quality standards are upheld.<br />

To date, more than 650 Business Edge trainers have<br />

instructed 137,000 individuals across 27 countries. The<br />

program has also helped brands like Microsoft and<br />

Novartis achieve their supply chain development goals.<br />

it amplifies the number of enterprises reached, as well<br />

as the efficiency with which they are reached. 80<br />

Such<br />

an approach leads to capacity-building services that are<br />

both sustainable and scalable. It works by creating<br />

76 Michael Klein, “Promoting Small and Medium Enterprises: Their Importance and the Role of Development <strong>Finance</strong> Institutions in<br />

Supporting Them,” The Atrium Dialogues, DEG KfW Bankengruppe (November 2010): 4.<br />

77 “Promoting <strong>SME</strong>s for Development: The Enabling Environment and Trade and Investment Capacity Building,” DAC Journal, Vol. 5, No. 2<br />

(2004): 42.<br />

78 Ibid., 43.<br />

79 Ibid., 43-44.<br />

80 “Business Development Services for <strong>SME</strong>s: Preliminary <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Donor Intervention,” Summary of the Report to the Donor<br />

Committee for Small Enterprise Development (January 1998): 8, 20.


64 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Example: Start and Improve Your<br />

Business – ILO Helps Small Businesses<br />

Reach Their Potential<br />

Example: Turk Economici Bank – A First<br />

Mover in Providing Non-financial<br />

Services to <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

Since 1991, the International Labour Organization’s (ILO)<br />

Start and Improve Your Business (SIYB) program has<br />

been helping would-be entrepreneurs launch and<br />

expand their businesses. The SIYB program is aimed at<br />

creating more and better employment opportunities in<br />

emerging markets through the development of the<br />

micro and small enterprise (MSE) sector.<br />

Like IFC’s Business Edge, SIYB strengthens – rather than<br />

displaces – the local market for capacity-building services.<br />

It relies on a network of qualified partner organizations<br />

(POs) to deliver business management training<br />

across more than 80 countries. The ILO has implemented<br />

a “train the trainer” model that ensures POs are<br />

qualified to provide training to MSEs.<br />

Using appropriate adult training methodologies, SIYB<br />

takes enterprises through the entire process of starting<br />

and managing a business, beginning with a course on<br />

how to develop an idea for a business. The program<br />

continues with “Start Your Business,” an interactive<br />

module that walks entrepreneurs through the development<br />

of a feasible business plan. The third course,<br />

“Improve Your Business,” helps firms establish basic<br />

management systems, including financial management,<br />

costing and marketing. The final course, “Expand Your<br />

Business,” is aimed at MSEs that are growth oriented. It<br />

relies on training and other mechanisms to help businesses<br />

develop and launch a growth strategy.<br />

Turk Economici Bank (TEB) was among the first<br />

banks in Turkey to recognize that providing capacitybuilding<br />

support to <strong>SME</strong>s could have enormous<br />

potential in building a client base of healthy businesses,<br />

increasing customer loyalty, and decreasing<br />

credit risk in the <strong>SME</strong> sector. In 2005, TEB began<br />

offering training services through its <strong>SME</strong> Academy.<br />

The primary goal of training is to build <strong>SME</strong> competitiveness<br />

and strategic planning capabilities. It also<br />

helps <strong>SME</strong>s take a market-centric approach to their<br />

businesses, giving them the tools to identify and<br />

respond to new opportunities for products and services.<br />

In 2008, TEB began to complement its “lowtouch”<br />

training with “high-touch” one-on-one<br />

management consulting delivered through a cadre of<br />

trained relationship managers.<br />

TEB has emerged as a leader among Turkish banks<br />

in experimenting with innovative non-financial<br />

approaches to <strong>SME</strong> capacity building. Its capacitybuilding<br />

support has resulted in a decrease in loan<br />

delinquency rates in its <strong>SME</strong> portfolio, in addition to<br />

new client acquisition and greater customer loyalty.<br />

Driven by its success in Turkey, BNP Paribas (one of<br />

TEB’s largest shareholders) has replicated aspects<br />

of this non-financial business model in other emerging<br />

markets.<br />

Source: Turk Economici Bank, 2011<br />

Source: International Labour Organization, 2010 (www.ilo.org)<br />

models that can be delivered by the private sector in a<br />

programmatic way on a regional or global basis.<br />

Holistic Approach<br />

The hurdles facing <strong>SME</strong>s are complex and inter-related<br />

and therefore will not be solved by one type of intervention.<br />

The impact of access to finance can be amplified<br />

through greater managerial bandwidth. A private<br />

sector example of a holistic approach is South Africa’s<br />

Business Partners, 81<br />

an investment fund that targets<br />

small entrepreneurs in Africa. Its strategy hinges on<br />

assessing the technical assistance needs of potential clients<br />

and making their acceptance of an integrated program<br />

of support a condition of investment. In keeping<br />

with the principle of intermediary development, services<br />

are delivered by local partners, and not directly<br />

81 Making Big Things Happen for Small Businesses: Annual Report 2011, Business Partners. Retrieved July 7, 2011 from http://www.<br />

businesspartners.co.za/Finresults/AR2011.pdf.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

65<br />

by Business Partners. Following this model of advisory<br />

services and financing, Business Partners has achieved<br />

real returns on investment of 7 to 9 percent on its <strong>SME</strong><br />

portfolio for the past 10 years. 82<br />

The integration of financial and capacity-building services<br />

can likewise be seen in the <strong>SME</strong> banking sector.<br />

Turk Economici Bank (TEB) illustrates how providing<br />

training and other forms of support to <strong>SME</strong> clients can<br />

benefit financial service organizations.<br />

Challenges and Priorities for LDCs<br />

Capacity-building activities have thus far had mixed<br />

results in developing economies. Market gaps remain<br />

in the provision of relevant support services to <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

This is due to both demand and supply issues. On the<br />

demand side, local <strong>SME</strong>s might not be convinced of the<br />

relevance of such services and therefore might not be<br />

willing to pay – and even if they are convinced of the<br />

need, they might not have the ability to pay. On the<br />

supply side, there is a lack of relevant and affordable<br />

services in developing markets. Where services do<br />

exist, they are often delivered through lecture mode,<br />

thus limiting the transfer of skills to participants.<br />

Content might be confined to western approaches that<br />

are inappropriate for the local environment. Even<br />

when content and delivery mechanisms are suitable<br />

for the environment, service providers typically focus<br />

on large corporate entities, thus helping to perpetuate<br />

the “missing middle” of small- and medium-sized<br />

businesses in developing economies.<br />

Much of the failure around capacity building has been<br />

the result of untargeted interventions that attempt to<br />

apply practices that work for one <strong>SME</strong> market segment to<br />

other segments. For that reason, recent efforts – such as<br />

those by IFC and the ILO – have focused on customizing<br />

content for particular groups of entrepreneurs (e.g.,<br />

growth-oriented enterprises, women entrepreneurs,<br />

and disadvantaged groups). These efforts, however, are<br />

often stymied by national agendas that neglect or even<br />

disempower certain segments of the population. For<br />

example, women play an important role in reducing<br />

poverty and contributing to economic and social objectives.<br />

In many developing countries, the <strong>SME</strong> sector<br />

employs large numbers of women (roughly 40 percent<br />

of African <strong>SME</strong>s are owned or managed by women). 83<br />

Yet national and local policies frequently place roadblocks<br />

to women’s full participation in the <strong>SME</strong> sector.<br />

A related challenge concerns the tension between<br />

public and private interests. Good practice generally<br />

states that <strong>SME</strong> support services should be delivered by<br />

private organizations on a commercial basis. This<br />

approach, however, overlooks the economic role<br />

played by disadvantaged groups who might not have<br />

the resources to avail themselves of such services. A<br />

strictly demand-driven approach means that those<br />

with the most demand for the services – and ability to<br />

pay – will benefit more than others. For this reason,<br />

governments and other public sector bodies have a role<br />

to play both in financing the development of new<br />

interventions that benefit entire swathes of <strong>SME</strong>s, and<br />

in raising <strong>SME</strong> awareness of the need for better management<br />

practices. Public-private partnerships (PPPs)<br />

are one way to ensure that capacity-development services<br />

are delivered by private actors for the benefit of<br />

private actors, while still meeting broader societal<br />

objectives. PPPs can address <strong>SME</strong>s’ growth problems<br />

through the combined efforts of public, private, and<br />

development organizations working together to<br />

improve technological capabilities and human capital.<br />

Benchmarking and program evaluation continue to<br />

pose challenges to <strong>SME</strong> support providers. Compared<br />

to fields like microfinance, relatively little has been<br />

done in capacity building to establish common metrics<br />

for performance assessment. 84<br />

The need for tailored,<br />

context-specific interventions contrasts with the<br />

82 Tom Gibson and Hugh Stevenson, “High-Impact Gazelles: Should They Be a Major Focus of <strong>SME</strong> Development?” (April 2011): 10.<br />

83 Why Support <strong>SME</strong>s?” International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation, World Bank Group (2010): 16.<br />

84 Business Development Services for <strong>SME</strong>s: Preliminary <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Donor Intervention,” Summary of the Report to the Donor<br />

Committee for Small Enterprise Development (January 1998): 9.


66 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

desirability of scalable, standardized approaches that<br />

facilitate comparison between different service providers<br />

and different impacts. Donor agencies, development<br />

institutions, and service providers must work<br />

together to achieve the right balance between market<br />

segmentation and scalable business models that can be<br />

objectively assessed using quantitative indicators.<br />

C.4: Women and <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong><br />

In a recent study, McKinsey estimated the financial<br />

credit gap that women business-owners face to be<br />

between USD $292 to 357 billion, representing 30 percent<br />

of the total <strong>SME</strong> credit gap for formal <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Women entrepreneurs are also more likely to cite access<br />

to finance as the first or second barrier to developing<br />

and growing their businesses. In addition, relative to<br />

men, women tend to have less access to finance and<br />

other resources, along with issues of rights and voice. 85<br />

Women entrepreneurs make significant contributions<br />

to their economies. Across regions, between a quarter<br />

and a third of registered small businesses have a<br />

female owner. These firms represent a significant<br />

share of employment and value added. However, the<br />

potential for greater growth of women’s businesses is<br />

not always realized. While women’s entrepreneurship<br />

is high in developing countries, it is largely skewed<br />

towards smaller firms. Women entrepreneurs are<br />

more likely to be in the informal sector, running<br />

smaller firms and operating in lower value added sectors<br />

than their male colleagues. They are more likely<br />

to be home-based and operate within the household<br />

than are male-headed enterprises.<br />

With access to finance an important means to pursuing<br />

greater opportunities, addressing gender gaps in access<br />

to finance must be part of the development agenda.<br />

Across regions, women have lower access to finance<br />

than men. In addition to being less likely to have a<br />

loan, women often face less favorable borrowing<br />

terms. Many country studies show that women entrepreneurs<br />

are more likely to face higher interest rates,<br />

be required to collateralize a higher share of the loan,<br />

and have shorter-term loans.<br />

Both non-financial and financial barriers can contribute<br />

to gender gaps in access to finance. Non-financial<br />

barriers can include characteristics of the entrepreneurs<br />

(e.g., differential access to education or management<br />

training); conditions in the broader business<br />

environment that may differentially affect women’s<br />

and men’s businesses (e.g., the legal and regulatory<br />

environment or the quality of available infrastructure);<br />

and constraints within financial institutions and a<br />

country’s financial infrastructure that limit incentives<br />

to reach out to more female clients.<br />

Standards, Best Practices, and Examples<br />

Building an effective policy guide to facilitate women’s<br />

access to finance requires an understanding of the<br />

existing legal framework, in particular the extent to<br />

which it facilitates property ownership on both movable<br />

and immovable assets. Property ownership encompasses<br />

the ability to manage, control, administer, access,<br />

encumber, receive, dispose of, and transfer property.<br />

As such, consideration should be given to the extent to<br />

which the broader legal framework, including family<br />

codes and inheritance rights, enables women to own<br />

(and therefore use as collateral) land and movable<br />

assets. Another factor to examine is whether the law<br />

discriminates in other ways against women when they<br />

seek to access finance. For instance, in Cameroon, married<br />

women have no property rights. The civil code<br />

states, “The husband alone administers matrimonial<br />

property … the husband shall administer all personal<br />

property of his wife” 86 . Similarly, until very recently,<br />

women in Lesotho were considered as minors and thus<br />

were ineligible to undertake legal transactions in their<br />

own right. Considering the broader legal framework<br />

and its impact on women’s ability to access loans will<br />

85 Women, Business and the Law, World Bank, 2009<br />

86 Articles 1421 and 1429 Cameroon civil code.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

67<br />

be critical in ensuring that women proportionally benefit<br />

from the reform efforts. Local women lawyers’<br />

organizations or NGOs promoting women’s rights are<br />

often well placed to provide assistance in analyzing<br />

these issues.<br />

The country’s international treaty obligations and any<br />

guarantees of equality contained in the constitution<br />

should also be examined. If legal restrictions on women’s<br />

property rights or ability to participate in credit<br />

markets conflict with these overarching obligations,<br />

the case for reform may be stronger. For instance, the<br />

Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of<br />

Discrimination against Women (CEDAW) requires<br />

states to ensure that women have equal rights to obtain<br />

bank loans, mortgages, and other forms of credit. The<br />

Beijing Platform for Action commits to providing<br />

women with access to finance and credit, and eliminating<br />

biases against women in finance laws. The<br />

Protocol to the African Charter on Human and People’s<br />

Rights on the Rights of Women in Africa commits<br />

states to create conditions to promote and support the<br />

occupations and economic activities of women.<br />

In addition to international commitments, several countries<br />

extend nondiscrimination provisions enshrined in<br />

the constitution to apply in the private sphere. The U.K.<br />

Sex Discrimination Act of 1975 prohibits gender discrimination<br />

in private transactions to supply goods,<br />

facilities, and services, including credit. The U.S. Equal<br />

Credit Opportunity Act of 1974 prohibits discrimination<br />

on the grounds of gender or race in relation to credit<br />

applications. It was extended by the Women’s Business<br />

Act of 1988 to include business loans.<br />

IFC: Women In Business Program<br />

IFC recognizes that aspiring businesswomen are often prevented from realizing their economic potential; IFC is committed<br />

to creating opportunities for women in business. Through its Women in Business (WIN) program (formerly<br />

known as Gender Entrepreneurship Markets), IFC aims to mainstream gender issues into its work, while helping to<br />

better leverage the untapped potential of both women and men in emerging markets. IFC provides financial products<br />

and advisory services to:<br />

• Increase access to finance for women entrepreneurs;<br />

• Reduce gender-based barriers in the business environment; and<br />

• Improve the sustainability of IFC investment projects.<br />

Thus far, IFC has worked with more than 16 banks to enhance their ability to provide more targeted products and<br />

services to women entrepreneurs. Through this intervention, IFC has invested over $118 million, of which over $86<br />

million have been on-lent to women entrepreneurs. Well over 2,200 women entrepreneurs have had the opportunity<br />

to increase their business and financial management skills.<br />

USAID’s DCA (Development Credit Authority) and Kenya Commercial Bank<br />

USAID partners with Kenyan financial institutions to encourage lending in areas that are under-served due to the<br />

perception of high risks. Under this partnership KCB - one of the Kenyan banks- has introduced the Grace Loan,<br />

which is tailor-made for individual women entrepreneurs and women business groups to meet their working capital<br />

or business expansion needs. Through the Grace loan, women are able to apply for a loan of up to $62,000, repayable<br />

in up to 36 months. The loan also has an important training component. To access value added services, women<br />

entrepreneurs get the opportunity to join KCB’s Biashara Club, that among other activities offers workshops on<br />

entrepreneurship and capacity building, networking possibilities, and business advisory services through <strong>SME</strong><br />

Management seminars and workshops on a variety of relevant topics. Since the launch, the Bank has on-lent over<br />

USD $1.6 million to 350 women entrepreneurs


68 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Ensuring that the regulatory framework for credit reference<br />

agencies enables women to establish their own<br />

credit history, separate from their husbands, is another<br />

area of good practice. Analysis and reform programs<br />

should consider whether laws on credit information treat<br />

women, regardless of marital status, in the same way as<br />

men; whether the credit history can be established and<br />

captured through participation in microfinance or group<br />

lending schemes; and the extent to which a married person’s<br />

assets considered to be consolidated with his or her<br />

spouse’s assets for the purposes of the credit history.<br />

In addition to ensuring that women have equal capacity<br />

by law, facilitating the use of movable assets as collateral,<br />

guaranteeing that women can build their credit<br />

histories, and prohibiting gender discrimination in<br />

relation to credit applications, another consideration is<br />

a realistic and sustainable enforcement mechanism.<br />

There is growing evidence that restricted access to<br />

commercial justice can represent a significant barrier<br />

for women. Women’s basic commercial rights, such<br />

property ownership, can be unclear and uncertain,<br />

and women can face barriers and discrimination when<br />

they seek to uphold their commercial rights through<br />

the courts. As such, alternative dispute resolution<br />

(ADR) mechanisms that are designed in an inclusive<br />

way so that the existing gender inequities are not perpetuated<br />

may have a positive effect on women’s ability<br />

to enforce their contractual rights.<br />

Challenges and Priorities for LDCs<br />

Many women entrepreneurs face higher and differentiated<br />

barriers such as gender-discriminating laws and<br />

customary practices, while also having less access to<br />

resources, and lower levels of education, training, and<br />

work experience. In addition, they often face restrictions<br />

on mobility and generally have more demands<br />

on their time. Women continue to be concentrated in<br />

small, low-growth firms, and a disproportionate share<br />

of women’s businesses fail to mature. This has negative<br />

implications for growth and poverty reduction in<br />

developing countries. Understanding the barriers<br />

women’s businesses face and providing solutions to<br />

address them is necessary if countries hope to further<br />

leverage the economic power of women for growth<br />

and the attainment of development goals. Further, lack<br />

of access to land title can be a major impediment for<br />

both men and women. For instance, more than 85<br />

percent of loans in Kenya require collateral, and the<br />

average value of the collateral taken is nearly twice that<br />

of the loan. In the vast majority of cases, the collateral<br />

required is land, usually land that has a registered title.<br />

Women hold only 1 percent of registered land titles,<br />

with about 6 percent of registered titles held in joint<br />

names. 87 In this respect, reforms of a country’s secured<br />

lending system to enhance the use of movable securities<br />

can have a significant impact on access to credit<br />

across the board. Enabling movable assets—such as<br />

machinery, book debts, jewelry, and other household<br />

objects—to be used as collateral can benefit all businesses.<br />

But opening up this type of financing has the<br />

potential to be of particular benefit to land-poor<br />

women, enabling them to circumvent their lack of<br />

titled land and use the assets they do have to unlock<br />

access to formal credit markets. 88<br />

C.5: Agrifinance for <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

There is now a broad consensus for more agricultural<br />

investments in order to increase food production and<br />

combat poverty. However, there are no quick political<br />

fixes, and the provision of sustainable financial services<br />

for agriculture has proven to be difficult. The past years<br />

have proven that neither commercial banks nor the<br />

emerging microfinance industry alone can sufficiently<br />

meet the financial needs along agricultural value chains.<br />

Many farmers and agrifinance <strong>SME</strong>s are left unserved<br />

and trapped in the so-called “missing middle” between<br />

micro- and commercial finance. The old paradigm has<br />

failed to achieve the desired effects, as top-down government<br />

interventions to correct market failures<br />

87 World Bank, Kenya Investment Climate Survey, 2004.<br />

88 For more discussion on this topic see Simavi et al, Gender Dimensions of Investment Climate Reform, A <strong>Guide</strong> For <strong>Policy</strong> makers and<br />

Practitioners, Module 5, Secured lending, World Bank 2010.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

69<br />

frequently led to government failures. Hence, a new<br />

market-based approach emerged, which shifted its<br />

emphasis from allocating cheap capital to creating sustainable<br />

agricultural financial systems. In this new<br />

approach, credit subsidies are reduced in favor of market-based<br />

loans and technical assistance, in order to<br />

design appropriate products, institutions, and policies.<br />

Standards, Best Practices, and Examples<br />

Throughout the last decades, clear principles have<br />

emerged from experience with agricultural finance<br />

subsidies, and research on the use of these subsidies has<br />

resulted in guidelines for “smart” or “market-friendly”<br />

subsidies. These guidelines include the following:<br />

• Any subsidy should be temporary and transparent.<br />

• Subsidies should be targeted toward institution<br />

building and not the borrowers (i.e., interest rate<br />

subsidies), in order to reduce market distortions.<br />

• Subsidies should not undermine competition by<br />

favoring specific institutions. Financial institutions<br />

should be subsidized where there is natural spillover<br />

to non-subsidized institutions.<br />

• Subsidies should be used for the creation of public<br />

goods that benefit the entire financial sector.<br />

• The most effective subsidies are smart subsidies for<br />

capacity building mechanisms and activities in the<br />

context of innovative financial instruments such as<br />

value chain finance, credit guarantee funds, and<br />

warehouse receipts.<br />

A major building block to bring forward agricultural<br />

finance is capacity building for both the rural communities<br />

and the rural financial institutions. In order for farmers<br />

and agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s to become more bankable, and<br />

to become attractive business partners for banks and<br />

trading partners, the following steps are useful:<br />

• Provision of training and extension services in good<br />

agricultural practices (i.e., knowledge of how -to be<br />

a good farmer) and market orientation;<br />

• Provision of training in basic farm economics and<br />

adoption of a business approach to farming (i.e.,<br />

knowing how to make a business from farming);<br />

• Financial literacy and financial management training<br />

(i.e., how to access external financing sources<br />

and what it takes to become bankable); and<br />

• A certain degree of organization both at the same<br />

level (e.g., farmer-based organizations, machinery<br />

rings or cooperatives) and between actors at different<br />

levels of value chains (e.g., contract farming schemes)<br />

in order to facilitate information flows, realize economies<br />

of scale, and gain bargaining power.<br />

Rural finance capacity building includes staff training,<br />

data collection, reform of financial institutions’ governance<br />

structures, and implementation of adequate risk<br />

management tools for both commercial banks and nonbank<br />

financial institutions. The challenge is to successfully<br />

apply financial techniques to the agricultural sector.<br />

Commercial banks usually lack agricultural knowledge;<br />

it is rare to find a combination of a banker and an<br />

<strong>SME</strong> agri-specialist. There are two primary ways to<br />

build agricultural capacities in banks. The first way is<br />

to build institutional capacities, through extensive<br />

knowledge transfer and staff training, with the goal of<br />

developing and implementing the specific risk management<br />

tools, credit processes, sales channels, and<br />

product development that are required for adequate<br />

agricultural lending. The second option is to establish<br />

linkages between supply chains and banks, and identify<br />

suitable service providers to assist agricultural<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s in preparing business plans and loan applications,<br />

thus allowing them to access banking services.<br />

In the end, there could be some delivery of basic<br />

extension services to farmers through various intermediaries,<br />

ultimately linking them back to the bank.<br />

After years of reforms, specific agricultural banks, especially<br />

in Asia, have achieved financial sustainability and<br />

significant outreach. Among the most remarkable success<br />

stories are Bank for Agriculture and Agricultural<br />

Cooperatives in Thailand and Land Bank in the<br />

Philippines 89 . Development banks shifted from purely<br />

focusing on agricultural toward a balanced multi-sector<br />

approach that included strict commercialization,<br />

89 See http://www.baac.or.th/baac_en/index.php, and https://www.landbank.com/ respectively.


70 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

domestic resource mobilization, and cost-covering<br />

operations. Successfully reformed development banks<br />

might offer a real opportunity for agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Different approaches to reforming public banks can be<br />

viable and their success depends to a significant extent<br />

on specific country conditions. Keys for success include<br />

a strong political will and a coalition to manage and<br />

bring forward the transformation.<br />

Several innovations have been introduced to enhance<br />

rural outreach by reducing transaction costs and avoiding<br />

high fixed costs of maintaining branches. Examples<br />

include mobile phone banking, automated teller<br />

machines, and points–of-sale devices. The basic idea is<br />

that information and communication technologies<br />

boost access to finance by radically reducing transaction<br />

costs in rural areas. The most prominent example<br />

is the service M-Pesa, provided by the mobile network<br />

operator Safaricom in Kenya, which has developed<br />

into one of the largest banks in all of eastern Africa 90 .<br />

However, the drawback with these innovations is that<br />

they are new. In most countries, there is no existing<br />

legislation for mobile phone and agent-based banking.<br />

Regulators should thus carefully weigh the potential<br />

risks and benefits in order to allow agents to function<br />

as an interface between banks and customer.<br />

Another innovative instrument is value chain finance.<br />

Internal value chain finance has several advantages<br />

over conventional agricultural finance:<br />

• Value chain actors tend to have better knowledge of<br />

the key risk and profitability factors in a particular<br />

sub-sector;<br />

• The bundling of finance with other services, such as<br />

input supply, extension services and off-take contracts,<br />

reduces credit risks;<br />

• Tying credit with commodity flows can reduce<br />

transaction costs of lending; and<br />

• Since agribusiness companies tend to provide input<br />

credit for reasons other than financial intermediation,<br />

they may tolerate higher levels of loan default<br />

than financial institutions.<br />

Generally, the value chain finance approach of prefinancing<br />

production works best in situations with<br />

limited competition between buyers. In a liberalized<br />

market environment, this mainly applies to niche<br />

market products, products with a single use (i.e.,<br />

banana), and bulky or highly perishable products that<br />

require immediate processing (i.e., sugarcane).<br />

The major challenge of value chain finance arrangements,<br />

internal and external, lies in their high set-up<br />

Agricultural Leasing: Banco De Lage Landen Brasil<br />

De Lage Landen (DLL), an international provider of leasing and asset finance, has built up an agricultural finance<br />

portfolio in Brazil that is nearing $3 billion. This portfolio has been almost completely generated in partnership with<br />

agricultural equipment vendors. Through BNDES, Brazil’s national development bank, banks and financial institutions<br />

can provide finance to the agricultural sector at subsidized rates. DLL has distributed more funds than the<br />

general banks to the agricultural sector. Key for De Lage Landen’s approach are: first, a deep understanding of farming<br />

and of the agricultural value chain in Brazil; second, a thorough knowledge of agricultural equipment, control<br />

over its distribution chain; and, knowledge of the collateral value of the equipment and how to remarket it if needed.<br />

Most leases have a downpayment or another form of clients’ equity in the transaction and a cash-collateralized partial<br />

guarantee from the dealer. Brazilian farmers want to own their equipment and prefer loans over leasing.<br />

Source: G20 <strong>Policy</strong> Paper on Agricultural <strong>Finance</strong> for Small and Medium Sized Enterprises<br />

90 See http://www.safaricom.co.ke/index.php?id=250


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

71<br />

costs, given that the financing structure and related<br />

contractual arrangements and procedures for monitoring<br />

and enforcement need to be tailored to a specific<br />

situation. Moreover, many financial institutions lack<br />

sufficient knowledge about value chain financing techniques<br />

and the skills to apply them.<br />

Leasing offers the potential to reduce some of the risks<br />

of traditional loan provision for investment financing<br />

in agriculture. Leasing can provide an alternative<br />

financing solution for smallholder farmers and rural<br />

enterprises with limited collateral and credit history<br />

for the acquisition of equipment and other production<br />

assets. It helps to circumvent some of the problems<br />

related to the registration and foreclosure of collateral<br />

and can be used for financing machinery and movable<br />

assets such as vehicles and farm equipment. Since the<br />

lessor owns the equipment, repossession in case of<br />

default is more straightforward as it does not require<br />

court procedures. Leaseback enables rural entrepreneurs<br />

to access funds by selling a productive asset to<br />

the lessor, who then leases it back to the lessee. At the<br />

end of the stipulated period, the lessor sells the asset<br />

back to the lessee at a pre-determined price. The use of<br />

leasing and leaseback is greatly facilitated by a suitable<br />

legal framework stipulating the rights and obligations<br />

of both parties. However, tax regulations can make<br />

leasing less lucrative than lending. Despite the advantages<br />

of leasing in principle, few institutions offer<br />

equipment leasing and leaseback to rural customers.<br />

A further policy instrument to stimulate medium- and<br />

long-term agrifinance lending can be agricultural<br />

guarantee funds. Guarantees may provide additional<br />

comfort for financial institutions interested in testing<br />

the feasibility of lending to a new clientele, but a guarantee<br />

alone is unlikely to induce additional lending if<br />

the lenders lack such interest. International agencies<br />

can perform a valuable service by conducting evaluations<br />

to determine if and under what conditions guarantees<br />

produce the expected results and how the details<br />

of guarantee designs affect performance. It is also critical<br />

to evaluate whether they distort markets and discourage<br />

private credit market development.<br />

Index-based crop insurance shows promise in overcoming<br />

some of the risk related constraints. Indemnity<br />

payments are triggered by deviations from an independently<br />

verifiable indicator such as rainfall data<br />

measured at local weather stations, and not by on-site<br />

loss assessments. Weather-index insurance thus offers<br />

the promise of reducing the administrative, adverse<br />

selection, and moral hazard problems of traditional<br />

insurance. Different indices can be used, such as<br />

rainfall, temperature, or livestock mortality, as long<br />

as they are highly correlated with regional farm yields<br />

and are accurately and objectively measurable.<br />

However, weather index based insurance has its own<br />

operational challenges. Not all pilot programs have<br />

been successful and the scalability of the successful<br />

pilots has not yet been proven.<br />

Challenges and priorities for LDCs<br />

The challenges of providing financial services to agricultural<br />

enterprises are wide ranging, and can be more<br />

severe in LDC rural sectors. The dispersed location of<br />

rural clients, the difficulties and high costs of transportation<br />

and communication, the heterogeneity in<br />

farming activities, and the level of management skills<br />

make small farm lending a costly endeavour. The high<br />

agricultural production risks, further complicated by<br />

the sensitive political nature of agriculture and domestic<br />

food production, explain why lending to agriculture<br />

is risky. All of these challenges are present at<br />

different levels of the financial system, the policy level,<br />

the financial infrastructure level, and the level of financial<br />

institutions.<br />

Financing agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s requires both <strong>SME</strong> finance<br />

and knowledge about the agricultural sector. However,<br />

in many LDCs, financial institutions know very little<br />

about agriculture and lack the specific agricultural risk<br />

management skills, suitable products, and term liabilities<br />

to finance agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s. On the demand side,<br />

agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s frequently lack the required financial<br />

data, business plans, marketing tools, and sufficiently<br />

powerful projects to convince financial<br />

institutions to provide adequate funding.


72 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

A functioning financial infrastructure reduces the<br />

information asymmetries and legal uncertainties that<br />

increase risk to <strong>SME</strong>s and constrain the supply of<br />

finance. However, the LDCs agricultural sector suffers<br />

from the lack of a solid financial infrastructure, including<br />

auditing and accounting standards, credit registries/bureaus,<br />

collateral, insolvency regimes, and apex<br />

institutions. A weak financial infrastructure is a huge<br />

challenge for <strong>SME</strong>s, as tracking financial information<br />

builds a credit history and functioning collateral<br />

regimes reduce adverse selection and moral hazard.<br />

Missing financial data and standards form a severe<br />

roadblock for access to <strong>SME</strong> finance.<br />

Moreover, the range of available loan products in the<br />

LDCs agricultural sector is very limited and tends to<br />

by-pass the real needs of agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s. Prevailing<br />

loans structures are short term, with inflexible<br />

repayment schemes and traditional collateral<br />

requirement. However, agricultural activities are<br />

subject to seasonality and long gestation periods,<br />

resulting in infrequent cash flows and long-term<br />

financing needs. Slow rotation of capital results in a<br />

lower profitability of agriculture and related activities<br />

when compared to other sectors, such as trade<br />

and services, with a quick turnover of funds. Hence,<br />

lenders need to offer longer loan maturities and less<br />

frequent repayment installments in order to match<br />

the cash flow of borrowers. This requires more than<br />

just strong appraisal skills and efficient loan monitoring<br />

and borrower supervision to manage credit<br />

risk. Lenders also need to mobilize sufficient longterm<br />

funding sources in order to minimize asset<br />

liability mismatches and the associated risks. On top<br />

of specific funding needs, <strong>SME</strong>s in the agricultural<br />

sector need adequate risk reducing mechanisms in<br />

order to cope with covariant risks related to weather<br />

events or price fluctuations.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

73<br />

CHAPTER D<br />

Recommendations<br />

<strong>Policy</strong>makers should design policy measures, legal<br />

reforms, financial infrastructure improvements, and<br />

interventions on the basis of diagnostics and data. An<br />

in-depth understanding of <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> constraints is<br />

necessary to allow prioritization and sequencing, so that<br />

the most binding constraints are addressed first, and so<br />

that regulatory and implementation capacity is not overstretched.<br />

Financial inclusion strategies and country<br />

action plans can provide the context for effective measures<br />

to promote <strong>SME</strong> finance, and for coordination and<br />

sequencing with other reforms and initiatives.<br />

D.1. Regulatory and Supervisory<br />

Frameworks<br />

Role of Regulators<br />

The G-20 Report on Financial Inclusion highlights the<br />

importance of government and regulatory leadership<br />

in efforts to promote financial inclusion. In the case of<br />

regulators, this can be through:<br />

• A proactive approach to addressing regulatory issues<br />

that constrain <strong>SME</strong> access to finance, possibly through<br />

financial inclusion strategies or commitments;<br />

• Openness to considering innovation;<br />

• Enforcement of consumer protection measures;<br />

• Careful attention paid to proportionality in measures<br />

to maintain the safety and soundness of their<br />

financial systems; and<br />

• Effective monitoring and supervision of expanding<br />

<strong>SME</strong> finance provision, based on improved data and<br />

capacity.<br />

Recommendations set out in the draft GPFI paper<br />

“Global Standard Setting Bodies and Financial Inclusion<br />

for the Poor: Towards Proportionate Standards and<br />

Guidance” provide a reference point for country-level<br />

regulators. These recommendations note that gradual<br />

and tailored implementation of standards is appropriate,<br />

given LDC regulators’ limited capacity and<br />

resources. The G-20 Principles for Innovative Financial<br />

Inclusion also highlight the importance of proportionality:<br />

“Build a policy and regulatory framework that is<br />

proportionate with the risks and benefits involved in<br />

such innovative products and services and is based on<br />

an understanding of the gaps and barriers in existing<br />

regulation.” Legal requirements should be correlated<br />

with the differing levels and types of risk involved in<br />

different activities. Regulations should enable, rather<br />

than inhibit, appropriate innovation in connection<br />

with regulated activities, in a way that manages risk.<br />

Basel II/III and <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong><br />

Recommendations regarding the implementation of<br />

Basel II in LDCs, with particular reference to the effects<br />

on <strong>SME</strong> development, include:<br />

• LDC regulators should proceed cautiously in implementing<br />

Basel II. Political support may be needed so<br />

that LDCs do not rush to implement the more complex<br />

approaches favored by international banks.<br />

• LDC regulators need to carefully assess the implications<br />

of Basel II, for banking stability, for credit<br />

policy, for access to credit for <strong>SME</strong>s, and on competitiveness<br />

of national versus international banks.<br />

Capacity problems, issues related to consolidated<br />

supervision, independence of the supervisor, and legal<br />

protection for supervisors, should be addressed. Basel<br />

III reinforces the quantity and quality of capital<br />

requirements that were introduced under Basel II. It is<br />

not clear whether or to what extent <strong>SME</strong>s would be


74 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

more adversely affected than other clients (consumers,<br />

large corporates) by Basel III, and an objective evaluation<br />

of the potential impacts may be merited. The<br />

gradual implementation of the new Basel III rules<br />

(which are to be fully adhered to by 2019) gives banks<br />

time to adjust to the new capital requirements.<br />

Enabling Regulatory Frameworks<br />

for Alternative <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong><br />

products: Leasing, Factoring<br />

Factoring is an important source of working capital<br />

finance for <strong>SME</strong>s, and leasing is an important source of<br />

investment finance for <strong>SME</strong>s, especially in jurisdictions<br />

where the financial infrastructure is deficient.<br />

A legislative framework for leasing should: i) clarify<br />

rights and responsibilities of the parties to a lease; ii)<br />

remove contradictions within the existing legislation;<br />

iii) create non-judicial repossession mechanisms; iv)<br />

ensure that tax rules are clear and neutral, removing<br />

any bias against leasing; and v) clarify the rights of lessors<br />

and lessees under bankruptcy.<br />

The laws governing contracts between parties and<br />

assignment of receivables are most directly relevant to<br />

factoring. Where these laws are clear and enforceable,<br />

factoring has developed without any specific legal or<br />

regulatory framework for factoring as such. A major<br />

area for decision in a regulatory framework for factoring<br />

is determining the criteria for the entities who will<br />

be allowed to perform factoring activities.<br />

Competition<br />

Competition can be a powerful incentive for financial<br />

players to develop their <strong>SME</strong> business. Based on best<br />

practices around the world, competition can be promoted<br />

through the following measures:<br />

• Financial sector liberalization and banking regulations<br />

that allow the entry of sound and efficient<br />

banks and other types of financial providers;<br />

• A legal and regulatory framework that promotes the<br />

development of alternative lending technologies<br />

such as leasing and factoring, as well as the development<br />

of securities markets and institutional investors<br />

as an alternative to bank lending;<br />

• An antitrust authority that oversees decisions pertaining<br />

to mergers and acquisitions and weighs the<br />

pros and cons of these transactions;<br />

• A competition authority that is ready to act against<br />

potential cartels influencing the pricing of bank<br />

products;<br />

• Greater transparency and more information dissemination<br />

about the pricing and conditions of bank<br />

products, in order to empower borrowers to make<br />

good decisions and to “shop for the best deal.”<br />

Financial literacy could also help borrowers make<br />

better decisions and would pressure banks to offer<br />

more suitable products.<br />

• A consumer protection agency that watches out for<br />

evidence of anticompetitive behavior of banks and<br />

takes the matter up with the competition authority;<br />

• Efforts to improve the scope, access, and quality of<br />

credit information among banks, which would level<br />

the playing field between large and small banks<br />

(including new foreign banks) and allow these<br />

banks to expand more rapidly; and<br />

• Complementary prudential regulation, and coherence<br />

between competition policy and regulation in<br />

the financial sector, to minimize any potential destabilizing<br />

effects from increases in competition.<br />

LDC policymakers often have only a limited range of<br />

effective tools and capacity, however, to set up or<br />

enforce competition measures, such as a competition<br />

authority. In the interim, bank supervisors could be<br />

given a clear mandate to promote sound competition<br />

in the banking sector. For example: i) bank regulators<br />

should give greater weight to sound competition<br />

when implementing licensing criteria; and ii)<br />

strengthening the credit concentration regime may<br />

also contribute to increased competition translating<br />

into access gains 91 (the latter could be achieved by<br />

91 World Bank, 2011, MENA Financial Sector Flagship


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

75<br />

supervisors applying stricter limits (on an individual<br />

or portfolio basis) or imposing additional capital<br />

requirements for banks with higher credit concentrations<br />

(consistent with risk).<br />

D.2 Financial Infrastructure<br />

Secured Transactions<br />

To create a modern secured transactions system for <strong>SME</strong><br />

<strong>Finance</strong>, in line with internationally accepted standards,<br />

emphasis should be placed on the following:<br />

• Creating unitary legal secured transaction systems vs. fragmented<br />

laws. Creating or drafting a standalone law to<br />

regulate all aspects of security interests in movable<br />

property (secured transactions or personal property<br />

law) is considerably more efficient and creates less<br />

conflicts and uncertainty than revising existing provisions<br />

in multiple laws (commercial code, civil<br />

code, chattel mortgage law, etc.).<br />

• Promoting a broad scope in the secured transactions law. States<br />

should aim at enacting secured transactions laws<br />

that are comprehensive in scope to provide equal<br />

treatment to all forms of secured transactions (loans,<br />

leases, assignment of receivables, consignments,<br />

retention of title, trusts, etc.), to include all categories<br />

of debtors (both natural and legal persons) and<br />

secured creditors, and to allow all types of movable<br />

assets (tangible, intangible, present or future) and<br />

secured obligations.<br />

• Modernizing movable collateral registries. The collateral<br />

registry is the cornerstone of a functioning and<br />

efficient secured transactions system. The registry<br />

fulfills an essential function of the system, which<br />

is to notify parties about the existence of a security<br />

interest in movable property (of existing liens)<br />

and to establish the priority of creditors vis a vis<br />

third parties.<br />

• Establishing clear priority schemes for creditors. A clear priority<br />

scheme is key to determining the sequence in<br />

which competing claims to the collateral will be satisfied<br />

when the debtor defaults on one or more of<br />

the claims.<br />

• Improving enforcement mechanisms. Enforcement and collection<br />

of debts upon defaulted loans is a major<br />

impediment for increasing access to credit. Speedy,<br />

effective, and inexpensive enforcement mechanisms<br />

are essential to realizing security interests.<br />

Enforcement is most effective when parties can<br />

agree on rights and remedies upon default, including<br />

seizure and sale of the collateral outside the judicial<br />

process.<br />

• Creating awareness and educating stakeholders. Development<br />

of training and capacity building programs targeting<br />

public sector (government officials and judiciary)<br />

and private sector (financial sector, business community,<br />

lawyers) is essential.<br />

Insolvency Regimes<br />

Stronger creditor rights can improve access to finance.<br />

Bankruptcy regimes regulate the efficient exiting of<br />

the market, and make the resolution of multiple creditors’<br />

conflicting claims more orderly, resulting in more<br />

extensive opportunities for recovery. Relevant principles<br />

of insolvency include:<br />

• A legal framework to address the insolvency of all<br />

business entities, regardless of their legal form;<br />

• Simple procedures to open a case and sell assets;<br />

• Fast-track proceedings for small enterprises with<br />

low debt values;<br />

• The ability of small businesses to propose restructuring<br />

plans to their creditors;<br />

• The use of mediation or other alternative dispute<br />

resolution tools to facilitate negotiations between<br />

debtors and creditors;<br />

• Provisions for courts to recognize out of court<br />

settlements;<br />

• Quick conversion to liquidation for failed<br />

reorganizations;<br />

• Decriminalization of bankruptcy;<br />

• Enhanced capacity for, and oversight of, insolvency<br />

administrators; and<br />

• A balanced approach between reorganization and<br />

liquidation.


76 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Credit Information Systems<br />

Governments and public authorities have a critical role to<br />

play in developing an efficient, safe, and reliable credit<br />

reporting system that covers both identification and relevant<br />

credit information on both individuals and businesses.<br />

The result is a system that can seamlessly cover<br />

micro-, small, and medium-sized businesses and thus<br />

help lenders better manage credit risk and extend access<br />

to credit. An effective oversight by the central bank or<br />

other relevant authorities contributes to addressing failures<br />

in the functioning of credit reporting systems.<br />

Steps to develop credit information systems may<br />

involve the promotion of the following, in line with<br />

the World Bank credit reporting standards:<br />

• Establishment of a clear, proportionate, non-discriminatory<br />

legal framework supportive of consumer<br />

rights;<br />

• Establishment of an effective oversight of credit<br />

reporting systems identifying a primary overseer<br />

and coordinating efforts among all relevant<br />

authorities;<br />

• Ensuring that relevant and sufficient information is<br />

included in the credit reporting systems as well as<br />

appropriately used;<br />

• Provision of data electronically and in real time;<br />

• Rapid updating and processing of credit report<br />

information (positive as well as negative); and<br />

• Provision of additional services such as credit scores<br />

by credit reporting service providers.<br />

Payment Systems<br />

The Committee on Payments and Settlement Systems<br />

(CPSS) has identified a set of overall strategic goals and<br />

objectives for retail payment systems, based on the key<br />

public policy objectives of efficiency and reliability.<br />

The following actions should be considered to support<br />

<strong>SME</strong> finance:<br />

• Extend availability and choice of electronic payment<br />

instruments and services;<br />

• Promote broad-based and affordable access to electronic<br />

payment instruments;<br />

• Increase competition between providers of payment<br />

services;<br />

• Increase cooperation between providers and develop<br />

mechanisms for market coordination;<br />

• Strengthen oversight of retail payment systems;<br />

• Promote the use of technology;<br />

• Improve transparency and financial literacy among<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s;<br />

• Strengthen cross-border payment systems; and<br />

• Remove policy, legal, regulatory, and administrative<br />

impediments to the expansion and development of<br />

payment system technologies.<br />

Equity Investment<br />

Increasing <strong>SME</strong> access to equity markets can involve a<br />

range of interventions, including: i) improvements in<br />

disclosure and governance; ii) improvements in minority<br />

shareholder protection; and iii) a stronger domestic<br />

institutional investor base and greater participation of<br />

foreign investors, which may require the relaxation of<br />

limits on foreign ownership of listed companies in some<br />

countries. Setting up <strong>SME</strong> stock exchanges or junior<br />

markets can under certain circumstances further<br />

improve the supply of equity investment to <strong>SME</strong>s, with<br />

the following pre-requisites:<br />

• The underlying legal and capital market regulatory<br />

frameworks are reasonably well-developed, robust<br />

and, above all, trusted by investors;<br />

• Access to credible corporate information on <strong>SME</strong>s is<br />

widely and readily available;<br />

• A reasonably broad spectrum of early-stage equity<br />

capital is available from angel, venture capital, and<br />

private equity investors; and<br />

• The size of both the private sector and the<br />

qualified institutional investor community is<br />

sufficiently large to support the growth of the<br />

market generally.<br />

Public or development finance to catalyze or provide<br />

equity-type financing for innovative and high potential<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s can be needed in the interim to compensate for<br />

the lack of available VC financing and access to equity<br />

markets for many such <strong>SME</strong>s in LDCs.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

77<br />

Accounting and Auditing Standards<br />

for <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

The lack of transparency of <strong>SME</strong> accounting and<br />

financial statements makes them risky borrowers and<br />

thus less attractive to lenders. Capacity building of<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s in terms of preparing financial statements and<br />

business plans, as well as improving their financial<br />

literacy and management training, may have a positive<br />

impact on <strong>SME</strong> development. Care should be<br />

taken in applying rigid and potentially harmful<br />

reporting standards to smaller enterprises, which<br />

could be counter-productive.<br />

A clear case can be made in favor of simplified<br />

accounting and financial reporting framework for<br />

smaller enterprises, with requirements commensurate<br />

with their size, the types of transactions they<br />

conduct, and their limited range of stakeholders. A<br />

“one-size-fits-all” approach to financial reporting and<br />

auditing requirements ignores the capacity constraints<br />

that <strong>SME</strong>s face and unnecessarily increases<br />

the cost of doing business for those enterprises,<br />

which generally drive economic growth. In addition,<br />

by increasing the requirements for <strong>SME</strong>s, governments<br />

may create disincentives for businesses to<br />

operate in the formal sector. A holistic approach<br />

would take into account <strong>SME</strong>s’ need for relief from<br />

excessive accounting and auditing requirements, as<br />

well as their need for more time to implement appropriate<br />

standards effectively.<br />

While increased transparency for <strong>SME</strong>s is central to<br />

improving access to bank financing, improved financial<br />

infrastructure (for example, credit information<br />

systems) can be effective in improving transparency.<br />

Rigidly applying IFRS in LDC’s, including even the<br />

tailored “IFRS for <strong>SME</strong>s,” could reduce rather than<br />

promote economic activity by these enterprises, and<br />

have negative implications for growth.<br />

D.3 Public Sector Interventions<br />

Governments can address market failures and incomplete<br />

markets that inhibit the provision of adequate financing<br />

for <strong>SME</strong>s. Government measures to promote <strong>SME</strong>s should<br />

be carefully focused, aiming at making markets work<br />

efficiently and at providing incentives for the private<br />

sector to assume an active role in <strong>SME</strong> finance. LDC governments<br />

are relatively more fiscally and capacity constrained,<br />

and the potential for direct public sector<br />

interventions is more limited, without donor assistance.<br />

State Banks<br />

For state-owned banks to play a positive and complementary<br />

role in the provision of credit to <strong>SME</strong>s, the<br />

following have proven to be pre-requisites:<br />

• Legislation specifying clear mandates (to deflect<br />

political interference);<br />

• Sound governance structures with independent<br />

boards;<br />

• Clear performance criteria;<br />

• The obligation to price loans according to risk, and<br />

to generate a positive return; and<br />

• The ability to recruit and retain qualified staff.<br />

Apexes and Other Wholesale Funding<br />

Facilities<br />

Second-tier funding facilities, or apexes, can be set up<br />

to manage and on-lend funds to financial institutions,<br />

and to accelerate the growth of sound <strong>SME</strong> retail capacity<br />

in order to expand access to finance. Preconditions<br />

for successful application of this model include:<br />

• Define the apex mission and objectives clearly with a<br />

focus on building strong, sustainable, and responsible<br />

financial institutions and <strong>SME</strong>s, not loan disbursements<br />

and outreach.<br />

• Focus on putting in place good governance, capable<br />

management, and an appropriate organizational


78 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

structure at the outset. The most effective apexes are<br />

those that are politically independent, with professional,<br />

effective boards and capable management.<br />

• Select the right institutions. Apexes need robust<br />

selection criteria and appraisal procedures and<br />

should focus not on the number of the financial institutions<br />

they fund, but rather the quality of those<br />

institutions.<br />

• Design the mission and instruments to fit with the<br />

market context. Apex loans should be tailored to the<br />

cash flow patterns and planning needs of financial<br />

institutions. In more mature markets, apexes might<br />

want to consider broadening their range of products<br />

to include quasi-equity, equity, or guarantees.<br />

• Manage an apex portfolio based on performance. To<br />

ensure good performance, apexes need to have good<br />

quality data on financial institution portfolios,<br />

review their progress on a regular basis, and be willing<br />

to act in the case of poor performance.<br />

• Provide adequate support for building the staff<br />

capacity of the apex itself. At an early stage of its<br />

development, funders of apexes (including governments)<br />

should ensure that the apex has the right<br />

team in place and is receiving technical support to<br />

build its own staff capacity.<br />

• Encourage apexes to crowd in commercial local<br />

funding by having this as one of their objectives.<br />

Funders of apexes, including governments, should<br />

encourage apexes to collaborate and share information<br />

with local banks and international commercial<br />

lenders. 92<br />

Partial Credit Guarantee Schemes<br />

Credit guarantee schemes are considered one of the<br />

more market-friendly types of interventions, as they<br />

can generate fewer distortions in the credit market<br />

than state banks and other direct public interventions,<br />

and may lead to better credit allocation. Key features of<br />

a well-designed scheme include:<br />

• Eligibility criteria: Guarantee schemes should target<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s through ceilings on turnover, number of<br />

employees, and/or size of the loan. Restrictions on<br />

sectors or types of loans should generally be<br />

avoided.<br />

• Approval rules and procedures: Final approval or rejection<br />

of an application should occur within two<br />

weeks.<br />

• Coverage ratios: Coverage ratios should ensure sufficient<br />

protection against default risk while maintaining<br />

strong incentives for effective loan origination<br />

and monitoring.<br />

• Fees: Fees should be risk-based and contribute to the<br />

financial sustainability of the scheme.<br />

• Payment rules and procedures: Payment rules should take<br />

into account the effectiveness of the collateral and<br />

insolvency regimes. Schemes in LDCs should base<br />

payments on default events while ensuring incentives<br />

for effective debt collection.<br />

• Capacity building: PCGs can support the capacity of<br />

banks to provide <strong>SME</strong> finance and good practices.<br />

• Evaluation mechanism: Such a mechanism is necessary to<br />

measure outreach, additionality, and sustainability.<br />

• Supervision: Oversight is a key element to ensuring the<br />

soundness of operations.<br />

• Risk weighting for banks’ prudential requirements: A well<br />

designed and financially robust guarantee scheme<br />

should allow regulators to assign a lower risk weight<br />

to exposures covered by the guarantee.<br />

Government Procurement from <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

The public sector can be a major buyer of goods and<br />

services from <strong>SME</strong>s, and can more effectively link<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s to supply chain finance and to factoring through<br />

that contractual and payment relationship. Electronic<br />

security and signature laws, and market facilitation<br />

platforms, can facilitate supply chain and factoring<br />

transactions with <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

It is also critical that governments pay <strong>SME</strong>s promptly,<br />

in order to avoid otherwise viable <strong>SME</strong>s incurring cash<br />

flow problems that can cause them to scale back or<br />

even close business activity.<br />

92 Extracted from Forster, Sarah and Duflos, Eric – “Re-assessing the Role of Apexes: Findings and Lessons Learned”, Forthcoming, CGAP,<br />

2011.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

79<br />

<strong>SME</strong> Capacity, Creditworthiness<br />

Recommendations for public sector-supported initiatives<br />

to improve <strong>SME</strong> capacity and creditworthiness<br />

include:<br />

• Successful capacity building involves finding the<br />

right balance between adaptation and standardization<br />

of training content and delivery methods. The<br />

donor or development institution can ensure that<br />

the training is standardized enough to allow for<br />

scalability and consistent evaluation, while local<br />

trainers increase the effectiveness of training by tailoring<br />

it to the needs of specific segments (e.g.,<br />

women entrepreneurs) and business contexts (e.g.,<br />

conflict-affected areas).<br />

• It is more effective for donors or development institutions<br />

to help build the capacity of local training<br />

firms than it is to provide direct training to <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Such a “wholesale” approach allows the intervention<br />

to achieve scale more effectively, can create<br />

commercially-viable local businesses, and creates<br />

incentives for the development of training<br />

approaches adapted to the audience and local<br />

environment.<br />

• Both public and private organizations have a role<br />

to play in capacity building. Public-private partnerships<br />

are one way to ensure that capacitydevelopment<br />

services are delivered by private<br />

actors, while still meeting broader societal objectives.<br />

It is also possible to provide training on a<br />

commercial or semi-commercial basis. The key to<br />

effective commercialization is to find a market<br />

gap for tailored interventions that meet the needs<br />

of clients.<br />

• Benchmarking and program evaluation pose challenges<br />

to <strong>SME</strong> support providers, yet ongoing<br />

monitoring and evaluation is critical to the effective<br />

use of interventions. Evaluation should consider<br />

client impact, institutional or partner<br />

performance, and market development.<br />

D4: Women and <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong><br />

The GPFI Women in <strong>Finance</strong> workstream covers <strong>SME</strong><br />

finance. Relevant recommendations include:<br />

• Structure country diagnostics of demand and supply<br />

for <strong>SME</strong> finance to uncover gender gaps, drivers of<br />

access to finance for women, and the need for any<br />

tailored policy responses.<br />

• Build reliable gender-disaggregated data sources on<br />

women’s businesses and access to finance.<br />

• Develop a supportive legal and regulatory environment<br />

framework. Increasing women’s legal access to<br />

property improves access to collateral and control<br />

over financial services.<br />

• Strengthen the financial infrastructure. Expand<br />

financial infrastructure elements such as credit<br />

bureaus and collateral registries that can increase<br />

access for women and reduce the costs of<br />

borrowing.<br />

• Design effective government support mechanisms.<br />

<strong>Policy</strong>makers should review existing activities and<br />

programs on financial inclusion to ensure they<br />

include gender issues.<br />

• Consider appointing a national leader/champion for<br />

women-owned <strong>SME</strong>s, someone who can coordinate<br />

with different stakeholders and ensure the agenda is<br />

a priority.<br />

• Consider incentives and specific goals for increased<br />

procurement by governments of goods and services<br />

from women-owned <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

• Build the capacity of financial institutions to better<br />

serve women entrepreneurs. Expand research into<br />

effective ways to combine access to finance and<br />

business training.<br />

D.5: Agrifinance and <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s are significant actors in agricultural value chains,<br />

including in processing, distribution, and marketing<br />

activities. The parallel GPFI Agrifinance work agenda<br />

provides the following relevant recommendations:


80 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

• Include the agribusiness sector in diagnostics of<br />

demand and supply for <strong>SME</strong> finance.<br />

• Strengthen contract enforcement, to support the<br />

contract rights for creditors, farmers, and <strong>SME</strong>s that<br />

underpin value chain structures and facilitate finance<br />

to all market participants.<br />

• Ensure that financial infrastructure is also relevant<br />

to agrifinance, for example that credit bureaus<br />

include value chain finance providers, that land<br />

tenure and land rights issues are addressed, and<br />

that agricultural equipment can be used as collateral<br />

through asset registries.<br />

• Coordinate policies intersecting both the financial<br />

and agriculture sectors, which is critical to facilitate<br />

access to finance for farmers and agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

• Governments should invest in the regular collection<br />

and dissemination of reliable data related to<br />

agricultural finance, including to underpin indexbased<br />

insurance.<br />

• Support capacity building – which is necessary to<br />

enhance the capabilities of staff in financial institutions<br />

to serve agricultural clients – and the financial<br />

literacy and management skills of agricultural <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

and farmers.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

81<br />

ANNEX I<br />

Access to <strong>Finance</strong> for <strong>SME</strong>s in LDCs<br />

Access to finance remains a key constraint to <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

development especially in emerging economies. 93 For<br />

example, data from World Bank Enterprise Surveys<br />

indicate that access to finance is disproportionately difficult<br />

for <strong>SME</strong>s in Least Developed Countries (LDCs).<br />

As shown in Figure 1, 41 percent of <strong>SME</strong>s in LDCs<br />

report access to finance as a major constraint to their<br />

growth and development, compared with 30 percent<br />

in middle-income countries (MICs) and only 15 percent<br />

in high-income countries. 94<br />

Figure 1 Access/Cost of <strong>Finance</strong> as a<br />

Major Constraint<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

15<br />

High Income<br />

30<br />

Middle Income<br />

41<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s in their early stages of development rely on internal<br />

sources of funding, including the owner’s personal<br />

savings, retained earnings, or funding through the sale<br />

of assets. As firms starts expanding, external sources<br />

become more important and their availability can<br />

determine the firms’ growth possibilities. External<br />

finance is positively and significantly associated with<br />

productivity and conversely, while financing from<br />

internal funds, and other informal sources, is typically<br />

negatively associated with growth and firm performance.<br />

95 Figures 2 and 3 show how <strong>SME</strong>s use different<br />

financing sources for working capital and fixed investments<br />

by country income groups. LDC <strong>SME</strong>s show a<br />

higher dependence of internal financing compared<br />

with <strong>SME</strong>s in more developed countries. Their use of<br />

bank financing 96 is significantly lower than high- and<br />

medium-income groups. Supplier credit, an arrangement<br />

between two businesses that allows delaying<br />

payment for the goods and services purchased, seems<br />

to be a substitute for bank financing to meet shortterm<br />

working capital needs.<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys, 2006-2009<br />

Figure 2 <strong>SME</strong> Working Capital:<br />

financing sources<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

10 7 6<br />

8 11 11<br />

15<br />

67 70 76<br />

High Income<br />

Internal Financing<br />

Middle Income<br />

Supplier Credit Financing<br />

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys<br />

12<br />

Bank Financing<br />

8<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Other Financing<br />

15<br />

12<br />

9<br />

6<br />

3<br />

0<br />

15 8<br />

High Incom<br />

Bank<br />

Other<br />

93 See Beck, Demirgüç-Kunt and Maksimovic (2005)<br />

94 Numbers by income group are simple averages of all countries, with data available, that fall in the group.<br />

95 Beck, Demirgüç-Kunt, and Levine. (2005)<br />

96 See Beck, Demirgüç-Kunt and Maksimovic (2008)


82 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Figure 3 <strong>SME</strong> Fixed Investments: financing sources<br />

120<br />

100<br />

25<br />

80<br />

20<br />

60<br />

15<br />

40<br />

20<br />

60 67 81<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

High Income<br />

Middle Income<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

0<br />

23 4 4 9 18 5 4 6 9 3 3 5<br />

High Income<br />

Middle Income<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Internal Financing<br />

Bank Financing<br />

Bank Financing<br />

Trade Credit Financing<br />

Trade Credit Financing<br />

Equity, Sale of Stock<br />

Equity, Sale of Stock<br />

Other Financing<br />

Other Financing<br />

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys<br />

Figure 4 Financial Depth Indicators<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

111<br />

15<br />

High Income<br />

45<br />

Middle Income<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Source: World Development Indicators<br />

25<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

103<br />

15<br />

High Income<br />

55<br />

Middle Income<br />

34<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Figure 5 <strong>SME</strong> banking relationship<br />

100<br />

60<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

87<br />

High Income<br />

88<br />

Middle Income<br />

82<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

52<br />

High Income<br />

34<br />

Middle Income<br />

21<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys, 2006-2009


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

83<br />

Figure 6 Percentage of firms with Bank<br />

Loans/Line of Credit<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

Figure 7 Leasing and factoring as<br />

percentage of GDP<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

40<br />

30<br />

2<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

63 52 58 34 47 21<br />

High Income<br />

Middle Income<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

1<br />

0<br />

4.7 1.7 2.1 1.6 0.1 0.5<br />

High Income<br />

Middle Income<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Large<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s<br />

Factoring<br />

Leasing<br />

Source: World Bank Enterprise Surveys, 2006-2009<br />

Source: White Clarke Global Leasing Report, Factors Chain International<br />

The <strong>SME</strong>s financing pattern in LDCs can be explained by<br />

both access to finance constraints and deficiencies in the<br />

enabling environment. Traditional indicators of financial<br />

depth, such as private credit and bank deposits to<br />

GDP, indicate that LDCs have a lower level of financial<br />

60 67 81<br />

services compared with more developed countries.<br />

Although the percentage of <strong>SME</strong>s with a banking relationship<br />

via deposit/checking accounts is similar for<br />

different income groups, access to credit is significantly<br />

lower in LDCs. As shown in Figure 5, only 21<br />

percent of <strong>SME</strong>s in LDC have access to a bank loan,<br />

while the percentage with access is 34 percent in<br />

middle-income countries and 52 percent in highincome<br />

countries.<br />

Access to finance through bank loans not only decreases<br />

with the level of development but also tends to be concentrated<br />

among large borrowers. While commercial<br />

banks in developed countries have become better able<br />

to serve the needs of <strong>SME</strong>s, banks in developing countries<br />

are often still constrained in their interest in and<br />

ability to expand <strong>SME</strong> lending. As Figure 6 shows, the<br />

concentration in terms of outreach is higher in LDCs<br />

than other income regions. In LDCs, only 21 percent of<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s have a bank loan or line of credit. 97<br />

Other common sources of finance for <strong>SME</strong>s include<br />

leasing and factoring. However, as Figure 7 shows,<br />

they are not yet well developed in LDCs.<br />

Equity financing is an important potential source of<br />

financing for <strong>SME</strong>s, particularly in their early stages<br />

when cash flow is not yet regular. While some countries<br />

have established dedicated market segments or<br />

separate trading platforms exclusively for the <strong>SME</strong><br />

sector, the performance, particularly in the lowerincome<br />

countries, has been unimpressive. For the<br />

majority of <strong>SME</strong>s in emerging markets, access to local<br />

or international capital markets is not yet available. 98<br />

97 Results are in line with studies showing <strong>SME</strong> loans as a percentage of total bank loans decreasing in developing countries. See Beck,<br />

Demirgüç-Kunt and Martinez Peria (2008)<br />

98 OECD (2006)


84 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Figure 8 Strength of legal rights and credit information infrastructure<br />

8.0<br />

7.0<br />

6.0<br />

5.0<br />

4.0<br />

3.0<br />

2.0<br />

1.0<br />

0<br />

6.7<br />

5.2<br />

4.7<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

4.1<br />

3.1<br />

1.3<br />

High Income Middle Income Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

High Income Middle Income Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Source: Doing Business<br />

The Enabling Environment<br />

for <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong><br />

Two “Doing Business” indices measure differences in<br />

the legal framework and credit reporting systems. The<br />

“Strength of Legal Rights” index measures the degree<br />

to which collateral and bankruptcy laws protect the<br />

rights of borrowers and lenders and thus facilitate<br />

lending by reducing the probability of default or<br />

reducing losses of lenders given default. Effective collateral<br />

regimes contribute to <strong>SME</strong> finance by reducing<br />

the risks and losses of lenders. The Strength of Legal<br />

Rights index measures the efficiency of collateral law<br />

(Figure 8), and is lower for LDCs. The “Depth of Credit<br />

Information” index measures rules and practices<br />

affecting the coverage, scope, and accessibility of credit<br />

information available through either a public credit<br />

registry or a private credit bureau. Well-functioning<br />

credit information systems reduce adverse selection<br />

and moral hazard, and can contribute to both an<br />

expansion of credit and a reduction in lending costs.<br />

Not surprisingly, as figure 8 shows, LDCs scores are<br />

lower than those in higher-income countries. Figure 8<br />

also shows substantial variation across countries in the<br />

same income groups, particularly in terms of credit<br />

information.<br />

The results are in line with other indicators showing<br />

that LDCs face a more severe set of challenges and constraints<br />

in providing enabling policy guides for <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Indicators particularly relevant for financial access are<br />

the time taken and cost incurred in registering property<br />

and enforcing contracts. Studies show that countries<br />

with lower entry costs and lower costs of<br />

registering property have a larger <strong>SME</strong> sector in manufacturing.<br />

99 As shown in Figures 9 and 10, such costs<br />

are higher than average in LDCs. These indicators also<br />

show considerable variation across countries in the<br />

same income groups.<br />

The combination of costly and lengthy registration<br />

and enforcement processes, along with weak legal<br />

rights, acts to constrain <strong>SME</strong> lending in LDCs. <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

are more likely to fail at acquiring new land or buildings<br />

compared to large and medium firms. Difficulties<br />

in acquiring property and securing titles and construction<br />

permits means that firms are less competitive<br />

and less able to expand production and<br />

employment. This can contribute to financing gaps,<br />

not only because such firms have lower asset values<br />

that can be used to secure loan contracts, but also<br />

because they are less productive, rendering them less<br />

creditworthy. Registering and transferring real<br />

99 Ayyagari, Beck and Demirgüç-Kunt (2007)


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

85<br />

Figure 9 Time and cost involved in registering property<br />

140<br />

12<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

36<br />

High Income<br />

57<br />

Middle Income<br />

95<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

4.5<br />

High Income<br />

5.7<br />

Middle Income<br />

8.0<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Source: Doing Business Indicators<br />

Figure 10 Time and cost involved in enforcing contracts<br />

800<br />

700<br />

600<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

500<br />

50<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

527<br />

545<br />

641<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

21<br />

34<br />

51<br />

0<br />

High Income<br />

Middle Income<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

0<br />

High Income<br />

Middle Income<br />

Least Developed<br />

Countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Bars indicate standard deviation across countries<br />

Source: Doing Business Indicators<br />

property, when property rights are not clearly defined,<br />

prevents firms from offering as collateral land, buildings,<br />

or movable property because of lack of clear<br />

titles or a missing system of information about liens<br />

against their property. At the same time, title transfer<br />

can be a complex process ranging from document collection<br />

and preparation to due diligence. In addition,<br />

in the absence of secure property rights, entrepreneurs<br />

are likely to forego or limit investment opportunities<br />

to fixed assets rather than intangible ones, since<br />

it is easier to secure returns from fixed assets. Sound<br />

property rights therefore also play a significant role in<br />

firms’ asset allocation and consequently growth, particularly<br />

of new firms. 100<br />

100 Claessens and Leaven (2002).


86 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

ANNEX II<br />

Abatement Curve Model<br />

A significant amount of research has gone into quantifying<br />

the <strong>SME</strong> credit gap and identifying barriers such<br />

as reliable data with which to assess the credit quality<br />

of borrowers, incomplete property registration, or<br />

banks’ cumbersome processes.<br />

Jointly with the IFC, Oliver Wyman developed the <strong>SME</strong><br />

<strong>Finance</strong> Gap Abatement Curve methodology, aimed at<br />

establishing a quantitative link between credit market<br />

reform initiatives (and implied investment) and the<br />

benefits of reducing barriers to <strong>SME</strong>s’ access to credit. It<br />

creates an objective framework to help policymakers<br />

decide where to focus limited resources to generate the<br />

greatest return on investment (e.g., employment, tax<br />

revenues). The methodology was applied to a sample of<br />

six countries: France, Kenya, Morocco, the Philippines,<br />

Turkey, and the United Kingdom. A key conclusion of<br />

relevance to policymakers is that the payback of any<br />

reform varies between countries: that is to say, each<br />

country has its own abatement curve. A common conclusion<br />

is that financial contribution to lending schemes<br />

(e.g., credit guarantees) is considerably less effective<br />

that addressing improvements in the underlying credit<br />

infrastructure (e.g., asset register, availability of financial<br />

information).<br />

i) Identifying the key drivers of the<br />

“addressable” 101<br />

financing gap:<br />

The model’s basic premise is that policymakers should<br />

focus on understanding the risk/return dynamics of<br />

<strong>SME</strong> lending and use this to steer the focus of their<br />

interventions. To the extent that such interventions run<br />

counter to basic free market principles, they tend to be<br />

unsustainable. With this in mind, policymakers should<br />

target the “addressable” financing gap with interventions<br />

that will change the state variables in such a way<br />

to minimize the distribution costs within the system,<br />

so that lenders maximize credit supply under reasonable<br />

return objectives. Three main cost components<br />

are the key drivers of an <strong>SME</strong> financing gap:<br />

Probability of Default (PD): How much of the gap is<br />

a result of the fact that lenders are unable to differentiate<br />

between high and low risk credits, and therefore<br />

suffer from adverse selection? Even in markets with a<br />

structurally high default rate, sophisticated lenders<br />

will be able to identify – and finance – higher quality<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s: this effect can be quantified via the PD of the<br />

<strong>SME</strong> loan portfolio “on the books” of lenders.<br />

Loss Given Default (LGD): How much is due to the<br />

fact that lenders suffer from high loss rates in the event<br />

of borrower default, because of their inability to<br />

recover on collaterals held against the loans? The ability<br />

to take – and recover on – collateral as security<br />

against the debt is a significant risk management lever:<br />

again, it can be quantified via the LGD suffered by<br />

lenders to the <strong>SME</strong> sector.<br />

Cost base: How much is due to inefficiencies in operating<br />

cost structures, or in higher than necessary capital<br />

and funding costs? The cost base of lenders to the <strong>SME</strong><br />

market can be aggregated and its three major compo-<br />

101 It should be noted, however, that this approach can only be applied to the “addressable” financing gap (i.e., the proportion of the total<br />

financing gap related to unnecessarily high distribution costs), and that neither this report nor the underlying model considers how best<br />

to tackle the “residual” financing gap.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

87<br />

Figure 11 <strong>SME</strong> finance abatement curve<br />

6,000<br />

Probability of<br />

Default<br />

Loss Given Default<br />

Cost Base<br />

Financial institution capacity building<br />

Incremental tax revenues (USD $MM)<br />

5,000<br />

4,000<br />

3,000<br />

2,000<br />

1,000<br />

<strong>SME</strong> capacity building<br />

Financial institution<br />

capacity building<br />

Financial infrastructure:<br />

Institutional component<br />

Financial infrastructure: Related laws and regulations<br />

The steepness of the line indicates<br />

the size of the tax multiplier<br />

Financial infrastructure: Collateral registries<br />

Public support mechanisms<br />

Financial institution capacity building<br />

Financial infrastructure<br />

Public support<br />

mechanisms<br />

0<br />

2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000<br />

<strong>SME</strong> finance gap (USD $ MM)<br />

nents can be compared against best-practice benchmarks<br />

to determine the extent of unnecessary cost.<br />

ii) Quantifying the benefits of closing<br />

the “addressable” financing gap<br />

The model next uses multiplier effects to calculate the<br />

second order effects that closing the addressable financing<br />

gap will have in the economy (part of which will<br />

flow back to government in the form of taxes). Given an<br />

acceptable rate of return for the taxpayer, this approach<br />

provides a framework for governing investment in<br />

intervention policies to reduce the <strong>SME</strong> finance gap.<br />

The Oliver Wyman model applied this methodology on<br />

the same six markets examined previously. Given the<br />

uncertainties, the investigators aggregated the results of<br />

the sensitivity analysis into three categories:<br />

• Low (0-15%) – least important driver<br />

• Medium (15% - 50%): driver with significant, but<br />

not primary, impact on the gap<br />

• High (>50%): driver with the greatest likely impact<br />

on the gap<br />

Furthermore, the model only presents the results for<br />

the second order effects of closing the gap (i.e., the<br />

multiplier) at an aggregate level, as given below:<br />

Impact of Drivers on Financing Gap<br />

UK France Morocco Turkey Kenya Philippines<br />

Tax<br />

Multiplier<br />

(average)<br />

“Addressable” gap 13% 32% 45% 115% 82% 229%<br />

Drivers of gap<br />

Probability of default Medium Medium Low High Medium Medium<br />

Loss Given Default high High High Medium High High<br />

Cost base Low Low Medium Low Medium Low<br />

˜0.35<br />

˜0.17<br />

˜0.17<br />

Tax Multiplier<br />

˜0.13 ˜0.17 ˜0.27 ˜0.20 0.31<br />

˜0.45 ˜0.25


88 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

The model asserts that the interventions that will have<br />

the most impact are those that successfully address the<br />

barriers associated with the cost component that contributes<br />

most to the addressable financing gap. The mapping<br />

between cost components, barriers, and potential<br />

interventions is illustrated by the table overleaf.<br />

Taken in aggregate, these results provide guidance to<br />

policymakers on where to focus potential<br />

interventions:<br />

• Across all markets, Loss Given Default is almost consistently<br />

the cost component that has the biggest<br />

influence on the addressable financing gap (usually<br />

>50%). This suggests that policymakers should prioritize<br />

interventions that address the barriers that<br />

artificially increase lender losses in the event of<br />

default. These might include improvements to the<br />

legal environment surrounding corporate bankruptcy,<br />

the creation of a collateral registry, or the<br />

foundation of a credit guarantee scheme (See table )<br />

• In most countries, Probability of Default typically<br />

contributes to a moderate portion (~20-25%) of the<br />

addressable gap. Therefore, a second priority for<br />

policymakers should be to tackle barriers such as<br />

asymmetric information, as well as both lender and<br />

<strong>SME</strong> skill levels. Interventions might include the<br />

establishment of a business registry and/or credit<br />

bureau, and programs to provide technical assistance<br />

to lenders or improve financial literacy among<br />

<strong>SME</strong>s (Seetable).<br />

• The cost base of lenders contributes the least towards<br />

the addressable gap, with its influence varying<br />

between 5% and 25%, but tending toward the<br />

bottom of the range. This suggests that policymakers<br />

will have the least impact by intervening to lower<br />

the operational costs or funding costs (e.g., ringfenced<br />

funding schemes).<br />

• The second order effects of closing the financing gap<br />

appear to be positive. <strong>Policy</strong>makers should expect<br />

tax revenues from <strong>SME</strong>s to increase at roughly twice<br />

the rate that lending increases, as a result of successful<br />

interventions.<br />

Interventions that address barriers associated with<br />

Probability of Default (i.e., asymmetric information,<br />

lack of skills on the part of both <strong>SME</strong> and lender)<br />

should have a disproportionate effect on tax revenues,<br />

due to the fact that lending is being skewed toward<br />

both more sustainable and more profitable <strong>SME</strong>s.<br />

Those <strong>SME</strong>s with a lower PD will typically have a<br />

higher operating margin than <strong>SME</strong>s with a higher PD,<br />

which feeds through into both larger profits and tax<br />

take on aggregate. LGD and cost-related interventions<br />

do not have the same effect on the overall profitability<br />

of <strong>SME</strong>s, and therefore do not result in such a big<br />

tax multiplier.<br />

We note that these conclusions do not hold true across<br />

every market. In particular, the relative contribution<br />

of Probability of Default to the addressable financing<br />

gap in Turkey and Morocco appears to be out of line<br />

with the other markets, as does the relative importance<br />

of the cost base in Morocco and Kenya. However,<br />

that still offers a lot of information in and of itself. By<br />

digging deeper in Morocco, Turkey, and Kenya, the<br />

authors argue that these results are largely explainable<br />

(the former because of the cyclical adjustment to PD<br />

that is made within the model; the latter because of<br />

the significant inefficiencies in the banking sector in<br />

these markets).


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

89<br />

ANNEX III<br />

World Bank General Principles for<br />

Credit Reporting<br />

General Principles for Credit<br />

Reporting<br />

The General Principles aim at the following public<br />

policy objectives for credit reporting systems: Credit<br />

reporting systems should effectively support the sound and fair<br />

extension of credit in an economy as the foundation for robust and<br />

competitive credit markets. To this end, credit reporting systems<br />

should be safe and efficient, and fully supportive of data subjects<br />

and consumer rights.<br />

Data<br />

General Principle 1: Credit reporting systems should<br />

have accurate, timely and sufficient data - including<br />

positive - collected on a systematic basis from all relevant<br />

and available sources, and should retain this<br />

information for a sufficient amount of time.<br />

Data Processing: Security and Efficiency<br />

General Principle 2: Credit reporting systems should<br />

have rigorous standards of security and reliability, and<br />

be efficient.<br />

Governance and Risk Management<br />

General Principle 3: The governance arrangements of<br />

credit reporting service providers and data providers<br />

should ensure accountability, transparency and effectiveness<br />

in managing the risks associated with the<br />

business and fair access to the information by users.<br />

Legal and Regulatory Environment<br />

General Principle 4: The overall legal and regulatory<br />

framework for credit reporting should be clear, predictable,<br />

non-discriminatory, proportionate and supportive<br />

of data subject and consumer rights. The legal and<br />

regulatory framework should include effective judicial<br />

or extrajudicial dispute resolution mechanisms.<br />

Cross-Border Data Flows<br />

General Principle 5: Cross-border credit data transfers<br />

should be facilitated where appropriate, provided that<br />

adequate requirements are in place.<br />

Roles of Key Players<br />

Role A: Data providers should report accurate, timely<br />

and complete data to credit reporting service providers,<br />

on an equitable basis.<br />

Role B: Other data sources, in particular public records<br />

agencies, should facilitate access to their databases to<br />

credit reporting service providers.<br />

Role C: Credit reporting service providers should ensure<br />

that data processing is secure and provide high quality<br />

and efficient services. All users having either a lending<br />

function or a supervisory role should be able to access<br />

these services under equitable conditions.<br />

Role D: Users should make proper use of the information<br />

available from credit reporting service providers.<br />

Role E: Data subjects should provide truthful and accurate<br />

information to data providers and other data sources.<br />

Role F: Authorities should promote a credit reporting<br />

system that is efficient and effective in satisfying the<br />

needs of the various participants, and supportive of<br />

consumer/data subject rights and of the development<br />

of a fair and competitive credit market.


90 GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Recommendations for Effective<br />

Oversight<br />

Recommendation A: Credit reporting systems should be<br />

subject to appropriate and effective regulation and<br />

oversight by a central bank, a financial supervisor,<br />

or other relevant authorities. It is important that<br />

one or more authorities exercise the function as<br />

primary overseer.<br />

Recommendation B: Central banks, financial supervisors,<br />

and other relevant authorities should have the<br />

powers and resources to carry out effectively their<br />

responsibilities in regulating and overseeing credit<br />

reporting systems.<br />

Recommendation C: Central banks, financial supervisors,<br />

and other relevant authorities should clearly define<br />

and disclose their regulatory and oversight objectives,<br />

roles, and major regulations and policies with respect<br />

to credit reporting systems.<br />

Recommendation D: Central banks, financial supervisors,<br />

and other relevant authorities should adopt, where relevant,<br />

the General Principles for credit reporting systems<br />

and related roles, and apply them consistently.<br />

Recommendation E: Central banks, financial supervisors,<br />

and other relevant authorities, both domestic and<br />

international, should cooperate with each other, as<br />

appropriate, in promoting the safety and efficiency of<br />

credit reporting systems.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

91<br />

ANNEX IV<br />

Least Developed Countries<br />

Afghanistan<br />

Angola<br />

Bangladesh<br />

Benin<br />

Bhutan<br />

Burkina Faso<br />

Burundi<br />

Cambodia<br />

Central African Republic<br />

Chad<br />

Comoros<br />

Congo, Dem. Rep.<br />

Côte d’Ivoire<br />

Djibouti<br />

Equatorial Guinea<br />

Eritrea<br />

Ethiopia<br />

Gambia, The<br />

Ghana<br />

Guinea<br />

Guinea-Bissau<br />

Haiti<br />

Kenya<br />

Kiribati<br />

Korea, Dem. Rep.<br />

Kyrgyz Republic<br />

Lao PDR<br />

Lesotho<br />

Liberia<br />

Madagascar<br />

Malawi<br />

Maldives<br />

Mali<br />

Mauritania<br />

Mozambique<br />

Myanmar<br />

Nepal<br />

Niger<br />

Nigeria<br />

Pakistan<br />

Papua New Guinea<br />

rwanda<br />

Samoa<br />

São Tomé and Principe<br />

Senegal<br />

Sierra Leone<br />

Solomon Islands<br />

Somalia<br />

Sudan<br />

Tajikistan<br />

Tanzania<br />

Timor-Leste<br />

Togo<br />

Uganda<br />

Uzbekistan<br />

Vanuatu<br />

Vietnam<br />

Yemen, Rep.<br />

Zambia<br />

Zimbabwe<br />

OECD DAC Definition including countries with per capita GNI lower than $935 in 2007


92<br />

GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

ANNEX V<br />

Resources, References<br />

Key references<br />

Berger, A. N. and G. Udell. 2006. “A More Complete Conceptual Framework for <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong>”. World Bank. Washington, DC.<br />

Available at http://siteresources.worldbank.org/INTFR/Resources/475459-1107891190953/661910-1108584820141/Financing_<br />

Framework_berger_udell.pdf<br />

Claessens, S. , P. Honohan, L. Rojas-Suarez. 2009. “<strong>Policy</strong> Principles for Expanding Financial Access”. CGD. Washington, DC.<br />

Available at www.cgdev.org/files/1422882_file_Financial_Access_Task_Force_Report_FINAL.pdf<br />

OECD. 2006. “The <strong>SME</strong> Financing Gap, Volume I: Theory and Evidence”. Paris. OECD. Available at http://ec.europa.eu/enterprise/<br />

newsroom/cf/document.cfm?action=display&doc_id=624&userservice_id=1<br />

Randhawa et al. 2010. “Toward Universal Access: Addressing the Global Challenge of Financial Inclusion”. Postcrisis Growth and<br />

Development: A Development Agenda for the G-20. World Bank. Washington, D.C.<br />

United Nations, “Building Inclusive Financial Sector for Development”, 2006, India, Mexico and South Africa examples based on<br />

public reports and publicly available information (see Reading List in Volume II for exact sources).<br />

Access to <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong> in Least Developed Countries<br />

Ayyagari, M., T. Beck, and A. Demirgüç-Kunt,2007. “Small and Medium Enterprises across the Globe.” Small Business Economics<br />

29, 415-434<br />

Beck, T., A. Demirgüç-Kunt, and V. Maksimovic. 2005. “Financial and Legal Constraints to Firm Growth: Does Firm Size Matter?”<br />

Journal of <strong>Finance</strong>. 60(1, February): 137–177.<br />

Beck, T., A. Demirgüç-Kunt, and V. Maksimovic. 2008. Financing Patterns around the World: Are small firms different? Journal of<br />

Financial Economic 89, 467-87<br />

Beck,T., A. Demirgüç-Kunt and M.S. Martinez Peria. 2008. “Bank Financing for <strong>SME</strong>s around the World: Drivers, Obstacles,<br />

Business Models, and Lending Practices.” The World Bank, Washington DC.<br />

Beck,T., A. Demirgüç-Kunt and M.S. Martinez Peria. 2010 “Bank Financing for <strong>SME</strong>s: Evidence Across Countries and Bank<br />

Ownership Types.” Journal of Financial Services Research<br />

Claessens, Stijn and Laeven, Luc A., Financial Development, Property Rights, and Growth (November 2002). World Bank <strong>Policy</strong><br />

Research Working Paper No. 2924.<br />

Beck, Thorsten, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt, and Ross Levine. 2005. “<strong>SME</strong>s, Growth, and Poverty.” National Bureau of Economic Research<br />

Working Paper 11224, March.<br />

OECD. 2006. “The <strong>SME</strong> Financing Gap, Vol. I: Theory and Evidence.” Paris: OECD.]<br />

Role of Regulators<br />

Access through Innovation Sub-Group of the G20 Financial Inclusion Experts Group, 2010. Innovative Financial Inclusion<br />

Principles and Report on Innovative Financial Inclusion.<br />

Burgess, Robin and Rohini Pande, 2005. Do Rural Banks Matter? Evidence from the Indian Social Banking Experiment<br />

Demirgüç-Kunt Asli, Thorsten Beck, and Patrick Honohan, 2008. <strong>Finance</strong> for all? : Policies and pitfalls in expanding access. The<br />

World Bank.


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

93<br />

Basel II/III and <strong>SME</strong> finance<br />

Saurina, J. and C.Trucharte. 2003. “The Impact of Basel II on Lending to Small and Medium-Sized Firms: A Regulatory <strong>Policy</strong><br />

Assessment based on the Spanish Credit Register”. Bank of Spain, Madrid.<br />

Jacobson, T., J. Linde, and K. Roszbach. 2004. ‘Credit Risk versus Capital Requirements under Basel II: Are <strong>SME</strong> Loans and Retail<br />

Credit Really Different?’ Journal of Financial Services Research, 28(1/2/3):43-75.<br />

Altman, E.I. and G. Sabato. 2005. “Effects of the new Basel Capital Accord on bank capital requirements for <strong>SME</strong>s”. Journal of<br />

Financial Services Research 28, 15–42.<br />

Ayadi R, 2005, ‘The New Basel Capital Accord and <strong>SME</strong> Financing: <strong>SME</strong>s and the New Rating Culture’, Centre for European <strong>Policy</strong><br />

Studies, November 2005. Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems (December 2010) BIS<br />

Beck, Thorsten, A. Demirgüç-Kunt, and R. Levine. 2005. “Law and Firms’ Access to <strong>Finance</strong>”. American Law and Economics<br />

Review. 7 , 211-252.<br />

Gottschalk, Ricardo (2007), ‘Basel II implementation in developing countries and effects on <strong>SME</strong> development.’ Institute of<br />

Development Studies, (unpublished).<br />

Enabling Regulatory Frameworks for Non-Bank Financial Institutions<br />

IFC. 2005. “Leasing in Development: <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Emerging Economies”. Washington, DC.<br />

Klapper, Leora. 2005. “The Role of Factoring for Financing Small and Medium Enterprises.” World Bank <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working<br />

Paper 3593. World Bank. Washington, DC.<br />

IFC Board paper on Warehouse Receipt Financing and Supply Chain Financing, 09.09.2010.<br />

Trade Note No.29, World Bank Group, International Trade Department, Leora Klapper 2006 and updated 2009.<br />

World Bank Development Research Group, “Factoring around the World”, Leora Klapper, Feb 2009.<br />

Competition<br />

Beck T, de Jonghe O, Schepens G. 2011. “ Bank Competition and Stability: Cross-Country Heterogeneity”.<br />

European Banking Center Discussion Paper, No. 2011-019. Available at: http://arno.uvt.nl/show.cgi?fid=115231<br />

Bond et al (2008) available at: http://www.philadelphiafed.org/research-and-data/publications/working-papers/2008/wp08-24.pdf<br />

De la Torre, Augusto, M. Martínez Pería, and S. Schmukler. 2009. “Drivers and Obstacles to Banking <strong>SME</strong>s: The Role of Competition<br />

and the Institutional Framework”. CESifo Working Paper Series CESifo Working Paper No. 2651, CESifo Group Munich.<br />

Cetorelli, N. (2004). Real Effects of Bank Competition. Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking 36 (3): 543-558<br />

Brown, M. and Rueda Maurer, M. (2005). Bank Ownership, Bank Competition, and Credit Access: Firm-Level Evidence from<br />

Transition Countries. Mimeo. Swiss National Bank.<br />

Santiago Carbó-Valverde & Francisco Rodríguez-Fernández & Gregory F. Udell, 2009. “Bank Market Power and <strong>SME</strong> Financing<br />

Constraints,” Review of <strong>Finance</strong>, Oxford University Press for European <strong>Finance</strong> Association, vol. 13(2), pages 309-340.<br />

S. Mercieca, L. Schaeck, S. Wolfe “Bank Market Structure, Competition, and <strong>SME</strong> Financing Relationships in European Regions”<br />

Journal of Financial Services Research, Vol. 36, pp. 137-155<br />

Vives (2010) available at: http://www.voxeu.org/index.php?q=node/5534<br />

World Bank, 2011, MENA Financial Sector Flagship<br />

Secured Transactions<br />

Alvarez de la Campa, 2010, ‘Increasing Access to Credit through Reforming Secured Transactions in the MENA Region’, June 2010.<br />

IFC, “Secured Transactions Systems and Collateral Registries”, January 2010;<br />

EBRD, Dahan, Simpson, 2008. “Secured Transactions Reform and Access to Credit”;<br />

The World Bank Principles and <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Insolvency and Creditor Rights Systems, (revised 2005);


94<br />

GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

Welsh (IRIS, Center for Institutional Reform and the Informal Sector, University of Maryland), 2003. “Secured Transactions Law:<br />

Best Practices & <strong>Policy</strong> Options”;<br />

Insolvency Regimes<br />

Berkowitz, J. and M. White. “Bankruptcy and Small Firms’ Access to Credit.” 35 RAND Journal of Economics, (2004) 68-84 at p. 81.<br />

Djankov, Simeon; & McLiesh, Caralee; Shleifer, Andrei. 2005. “Private Credit in 129 Countries,” NBER Working Papers 11078,<br />

National Bureau of Economic Research, Inc.<br />

World Bank Principles for Effective Insolvency and Creditor Rights Systems (World Bank).<br />

UNCITRAL Legislative <strong>Guide</strong> on Insolvency Law (UNCITRAL).<br />

John Armour and Douglas Cumming, “Bankruptcy Law and Entrepreneurship” (2008) American Law and Economics Review<br />

(Oxford: Oxford University Press), 303.<br />

Uttamchandani, Mahesh, ‘No Way Out: The Lack of Efficient Exit Regimes in MENA’, paper prepared for the MENA <strong>Finance</strong><br />

Flagship, World Bank.<br />

Uttamchandani, M., Menezes, A., 2010. “Freedom to Fail: Why Small Business Insolvency Regimes are Critical for Emerging<br />

Markets”, International Corporate Rescue, No. 4, Vol. 7. Chase Cambria.<br />

Credit Information Systems<br />

Love, I. and N. Mylenko. 2003. “Credit Reporting and Financing Constraints”. Washington, D.C.: World Bank.<br />

Madeddu Oscar, 2010, ‘Status of Information Sharing and Credit Reporting Infrastructure’, paper prepared for the MENA <strong>Finance</strong><br />

Flagship, World Bank.<br />

2011, “General Principles for Credit Reporting”- consultative report, The World Bank. http://siteresources.worldbank.org/<br />

FINANCIALSECTOR/Resources/GeneralPrinciplesforCreditReporting(final).pdf<br />

Payment Systems<br />

World Bank 2008, Balancing Cooperation and Competition in Retail Payment Systems.<br />

World Bank, 2009, Global Payment System Survey.<br />

World Bank, 2009, Measuring Payment System Development.<br />

World Bank and BIS 2007, General Principles for International Remittances.<br />

BIS 2006, General Guidance for National Payment Systems Development.<br />

Equity Investment<br />

Beck, Thorsten, and R. Levine. 2004. “Stock Markets, Banks and Growth: Panel Evidence”. Journal of Banking and <strong>Finance</strong>. 28 (3),<br />

423-442.<br />

Belke, A.; R. Fehn, and N. Foster, 2003, “Does Venture Capital Investment Spur Employment Growth?” CESIFO Working Paper 930<br />

Kortum, S. and J. Lerner, 2000, “Assessing the impact of venture capital on innovation” Rand Journal of Economics 31, 4, 674-692.<br />

Mako, William, 2010, ‘Investment Funds’, paper prepared for the MENA <strong>Finance</strong> Flagship, World Bank<br />

Mako, William, 2009, ‘Mobilizing Long-term <strong>Finance</strong>: Next Steps in Egypt’s Capital Market Development’ World Bank<br />

Pearce, Douglas; Nasr Sahar. 2011. “Small and Medium Enterprise <strong>Finance</strong> in the Middle East and North Africa”. Unpublished draft.<br />

Rainer Fehn & Thomas Fuchs, 2003. “Capital Market Institutions and Venture Capital: Do They Affect Unemployment and Labour<br />

Demand?,” CESifo Working Paper Series 898, CESifo Group Munich<br />

The Economic Impact of Venture Capital and Private Equity in South Africa, 2009 Southern African Venture Capital and Private<br />

Equity Association, Development Bank of Southern Africa


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

95<br />

State Banks, other Retail-level interventions<br />

Dinç, Serdar. 2005. “Politicians and Banks: Political Influences on Government-Owned Banks in Emerging Countries.” Journal of<br />

Financial Economics. Vol. 77: 453-479. Available at http://info.worldbank.org/etools/docs/library/156393/stateowned2004/pdf/<br />

dinc.pdf<br />

Farazi, Subika, Erik Feyen, Roberto Rocha. 2011. “Bank Ownership and Performance in the Middle East and North Africa Region.”<br />

<strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper Series 5620. The World Bank, Washington DC<br />

Micco, A., U. Panizza, M. Yañez. 2005. “Bank Ownership and Performance: Does Politics Matter?”. Working Papers N° 356.<br />

Central Bank of Chile.<br />

Available at http://www.bcentral.cl/estudios/documentos-trabajo/pdf/dtbc356.pdf<br />

Rudolph, Heinz.2009. “State Financial Institutions: Mandates Governance and Beyond.” World Bank <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working<br />

Papers 5141. The World Bank. Washington, DC.<br />

Yaron, Jacob. 2004. “State-Owned Development <strong>Finance</strong> Institutions: Background, Political Economy and Performance<br />

Assessment.” Seminar paper. Inter-American Development Bank. Washington, DC. Available at http://www.iadb.org/res/publications/pubfiles/pubS-492.pdf<br />

Apexes, other Wholesale-level funding mechanisms<br />

CGAP Brief: ‘Focus on Apexes’, 2009 (http://www.cgap.org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.26.10511/<br />

CGAP Brief: “Apexes: An Important Source of Local Funding”, March 2010<br />

Duflos, Eric & El Zoghbi, Mayada, 2010 “Apexes: An Important Source of Local Funding”, (http://www.cgap.org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.9.43025/)<br />

Forster, Sarah and Duflos, Eric, 2011 “Reassessing the Role of Apexes: Findings and Lessons Learned”, CGAP<br />

Levy, Fred, 2001, ‘Apex Institutions in Microfinance’; CGAP Occasional Paper, No. 6.<br />

Pearce, Douglas, 2002, ‘Lessons Learned from the World Bank -supported Apex Facility in Bosnia’<br />

Vega, Claudio Gonzalez, 1998, ‘Microfinance Apex Mechanisms: Review of the evidence and policy recommendations’.<br />

Partial Credit Guarantee Schemes<br />

Beck,T., A De la Torre, 2006. “The Basic Analytics of Access to Financial Services”, World Bank <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper No. 4026<br />

Beck, T., L. F. Klapper, J. Carlos Mendoza. 2008. “The Typology of Partial Credit Guarantee Funds Around the World”. World<br />

Bank. Available at: http://siteresources.worldbank.org/INTFR/Resources/Beck-Klapper-Mendoza.pdf<br />

Rocha, R., Y. Saadani, Zs. Arvai. 2010. “Assessing Credit Guarantee Schemes in the Middle East and North Africa Region”. World<br />

Bank. Available at: http://blogs.worldbank.org/files/allaboutfinance/MENA%20Flagship%20 Credit%20Guarantee%20<br />

Schemes%20Final.pdf<br />

Benavente, José Miguel, Alexander Galetovic, and Ricardo Sanhueza, 2006, Fogape: An economic analysis, Working Paper 222<br />

University of Chile Santiago, Chile; available at http://www.redegarantias.com/boletines/archivo.asp?idarchivo=316<br />

De la Torre, Augusto, Juan Carlos Gozzi, and Sergio Schmukler. 2007. Innovative experiences in Access to <strong>Finance</strong>: Market Friendly<br />

Roles for the Visible Hand? <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper No 4326. August. The World Bank. Washington DC. Available at<br />

http://www-wds.worldbank.org/servlet/WDSContentServer/WDSP/IB/2007/08/17/ 000158349_20070817134420/Rendered/<br />

PDF/wps4326.pdf<br />

Government Procurement from <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

Evaluation of <strong>SME</strong>s’ access to public procurement markets in the EU. 2010 GHK<br />

The Impact of the Global Crisis on <strong>SME</strong> and Entrepreneurship Financing and <strong>Policy</strong> Responses. 2009. OECD


96<br />

GLOBAL PARTNERSHIP FOR FINANCIAL INCLUSION<br />

<strong>SME</strong> Capacity, Creditworthiness<br />

“Business Development Services for <strong>SME</strong>s: Preliminary <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Donor Intervention,” Summary of the Report to the Donor<br />

Committee for Small Enterprise Development (January 1998).<br />

“Promoting <strong>SME</strong>s for Development: The Enabling Environment and Trade and Investment Capacity Building,” DAC Journal, Vol. 5,<br />

No. 2 (2004).<br />

Business Development Services for <strong>SME</strong>s: Preliminary <strong>Guide</strong>lines for Donor Intervention,” Summary of the Report to the Donor<br />

Committee for Small Enterprise Development (January 1998).<br />

Making Big Things Happen for Small Businesses: Annual Report 2011, Business Partners. Retrieved July 7, 2011 from http://www.businesspartners.co.za/Finresults/AR2011.pdf.<br />

Meghana Ayyagari, Asli Demirguc-Kunt and Vojislav Maksimovic, “Small vs. Young Firms across the World: Contribution to<br />

Employment, Job Creation, and Growth,” The World Bank Development Research Group (April 2011).<br />

Michael Klein, “Promoting Small and Medium Enterprises: Their Importance and the Role of Development <strong>Finance</strong> Institutions in<br />

Supporting Them,” The Atrium Dialogues, DEG KfW Bankengruppe (November 2010).<br />

Miriam Bruhn, Dean Karlan, and Antoinette Schoar, “Returns to Management Consulting for Micro, Small and Medium Size<br />

Enterprises in Mexico,” Innovations for Poverty Action.<br />

Nicholas Bloom and John Van Reenen, “Why do Management Practices Differ across Firms and Countries?” Journal of Economic<br />

Perspectives, Vol. 24, No. 1 (2010).<br />

Nicholas Bloom, Benn Eifert, Aprajit Mahajan, David McKenzie and John Roberts, “Does Management Matter? Evidence from<br />

India,” The World Bank Development Research Group (February 2011).<br />

Tom Gibson and Hugh Stevenson, “High-Impact Gazelles: Should They Be a Major Focus of <strong>SME</strong> Development?” (April 2011)<br />

Why Support <strong>SME</strong>s?” International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation, World Bank Group (2010).<br />

Women and <strong>SME</strong> <strong>Finance</strong><br />

Chamlou, 2008, The Environment for Women’s Entrepreneurship in the Middle East and North Africa Region World Bank,<br />

Washington, D.C.<br />

Ellis. et al, 2007, Gender and Economic Growth in Kenya—Unleashing the Power of Women, World Bank, Washington, D.C.<br />

Ellis. et al. 2007, Gender and Economic Growth in Tanzania: Creating Opportunities for Women World Bank, Washington, D.C.<br />

Ellis. et al., 2005, Gender and Economic Growth in Uganda—Unleashing the Power of Women.(World Bank, Washington, D.C.<br />

Millennium Development Goals Global Monitoring Report, 2007, World Bank, Washington, D.C.<br />

Simavi et al. 2010, Gender Dimensions of Investment Climate Reform, A <strong>Guide</strong> for <strong>Policy</strong>makers and Practitioners, World Bank,<br />

Washington, D.C.<br />

Agrifinance and <strong>SME</strong>s<br />

African Agricultural <strong>Finance</strong> - Information sharing on the African voice within the G20 GIZ on behalf of BMZ: Federal Ministry<br />

for Economic Cooperation and Development. Technical Roundtable, Kampala, March 2011<br />

Renate Kloeppinger-Todd and Manohar Sharma (editors) 2010, Innovations in Rural and Agriculture <strong>Finance</strong>. Focus 18, 2010.<br />

International Food <strong>Policy</strong> Research Institute and the World Bank.<br />

Rita Butzer, Yair Mundlak and Donald F. Larson 2010, Measures of Fixed Capital in Agriculture. <strong>Policy</strong> Research Working Paper;<br />

World Bank, Development Research Group Agriculture and Rural Development Team, 2010.<br />

Rural <strong>Finance</strong> Innovations - Topics and Case Studies. The World Bank Agriculture And Rural Development Department, Report<br />

No. 32726-GLB. April 2005


G-20 <strong>SME</strong> FINANCE POLICY GUIDE<br />

97


International <strong>Finance</strong> Corporation<br />

2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW<br />

Washington, DC 20433 USA<br />

www.ifc.org

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!